e10vk
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
þ  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
OR
o  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
Commission file number 1-12387
TENNECO INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware   76-0515284
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)  
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
500 North Field Drive
  60045
Lake Forest, IL
  (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)
   
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (847) 482-5000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
    Name of each Exchange
Title of each class
 
on which registered
7.45% Debentures due 2025;
  New York Stock Exchange
8.125% Debentures due 2015;
  New York Stock Exchange
9.20% Debentures due 2012;
  New York Stock Exchange
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
  New York and Chicago Stock Exchanges
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes             No   ü  
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes             No   ü  
     Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from their obligations under those Sections.
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes   ü       No        
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ü  
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes             No        
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer         Accelerated filer   ü   Non-accelerated filer         Smaller reporting company        
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes             No   ü  
     State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.
 
     
Class of Common Equity and Number of Shares
   
held by Non-affiliates at June 30, 2009
 
Market Value held by Non-affiliates*
 
Common Stock, 45,373,857 shares
  $480,962,884
* Based upon the closing sale price on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape for the Common Stock on June 30, 2009.
 
     INDICATE THE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING OF EACH OF THE REGISTRANT’S CLASSES OF COMMON STOCK, AS OF THE LATEST PRACTICABLE DATE. Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 59,459,360 shares outstanding as of February 22, 2010.
 
Documents Incorporated by Reference:
 
     
    Part of the Form 10-K
Document
  into which incorporated
Portions of Tenneco Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 12, 2010   Part III
 


Table of Contents

 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE “SAFE HARBOR” PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995
 
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 concerning, among other things, our prospects and business strategies. These forward-looking statements are included in various sections of this report, including the section entitled “Outlook” appearing in Item 7 of this report. The words “may,” “will,” “believe,” “should,” “could,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” and similar expressions (and variations thereof), identify these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, these expectations may not prove to be correct. Because these forward-looking statements are also subject to risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements include:
 
  •  general economic, business and market conditions, including without limitation the ongoing financial difficulties facing a number of companies in the automotive industry as a result of the difficult global economic environment, including the potential impact thereof on labor unrest, supply chain disruptions, weakness in demand and the collectability of any accounts receivable due to us from such companies;
 
  •  changes in capital availability or costs, including increases in our cost of borrowing (i.e., interest rate increases), the amount of our debt, our ability to access capital markets at favorable rates, and the credit ratings of our debt;
 
  •  the impact of the recent global economic crisis on the credit markets, which continue to be volatile and more restricted than they were previously;
 
  •  our ability to source and procure needed materials, components and other products and services as the economy recovers from the recent global economic crisis;
 
  •  changes in consumer demand, prices and our ability to have our products included on top selling vehicles, such as the recent shift in consumer preferences from light trucks, which tend to be higher margin products for our customers and us, to other vehicles, and other factors impacting the cyclicality of automotive production and sales of automobiles which include our products, and the potential negative impact on our revenues and margins from such products;
 
  •  changes in automotive manufacturers’ production rates and their actual and forecasted requirements for our products, such as the significant production cuts during 2008 and 2009 by automotive manufacturers in response to difficult economic conditions;
 
  •  the overall highly competitive nature of the automotive parts industry, and our resultant inability to realize the sales represented by our awarded book of business (which is based on anticipated pricing for the applicable program over its life, and is subject to increases or decreases due to changes in customer requirements, customer and consumer preferences, and the number of vehicles actually produced by customers);
 
  •  the loss of any of our large original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) customers (on whom we depend for a substantial portion of our revenues), or the loss of market shares by these customers if we are unable to achieve increased sales to other OEMs;
 
  •  labor disruptions at our facilities or any labor or other economic disruptions at any of our significant customers or suppliers or any of our customers’ other suppliers (such as the 2008 strike at American Axle, which disrupted our supply of products for significant General Motors platforms);
 
  •  increases in the costs of raw materials, including our ability to successfully reduce the impact of any such cost increases through materials substitutions, cost reduction initiatives, low cost country sourcing, and price recovery efforts with aftermarket and OE customers;
 
  •  the cyclical nature of the global vehicle industry, including the performance of the global aftermarket sector and the longer product lives of automobile parts;


i


Table of Contents

 
  •  our continued success in cost reduction and cash management programs and our ability to execute restructuring and other cost reduction plans and to realize anticipated benefits from these plans;
 
  •  costs related to product warranties;
 
  •  the impact of consolidation among automotive parts suppliers and customers on our ability to compete;
 
  •  operating hazards associated with our business;
 
  •  changes in distribution channels or competitive conditions in the markets and countries where we operate, including the impact of changes in distribution channels for aftermarket products on our ability to increase or maintain aftermarket sales;
 
  •  the negative impact of higher fuel prices and overall market weakness on discretionary purchases of aftermarket products by consumers;
 
  •  the cost and outcome of existing and any future legal proceedings;
 
  •  economic, exchange rate and political conditions in the foreign countries where we operate or sell our products;
 
  •  customer acceptance of new products;
 
  •  new technologies that reduce the demand for certain of our products or otherwise render them obsolete;
 
  •  our ability to realize our business strategy of improving operating performance;
 
  •  our ability to successfully integrate any acquisitions that we complete;
 
  •  changes by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the Securities and Exchange Commission of authoritative generally accepted accounting principles or policies;
 
  •  changes in accounting estimates and assumptions, including changes based on additional information;
 
  •  potential legislation, regulatory changes and other governmental actions, including the ability to receive regulatory approvals and the timing of such approvals;
 
  •  the impact of changes in and compliance with laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations, environmental liabilities in excess of the amount reserved, the adoption of the current mandated timelines for worldwide emission regulation and any changes to the timing of the funding requirements for our pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities;
 
  •  decisions by federal, state and local governments to provide (or discontinue) incentive programs related to automobile purchases;
 
  •  the potential impairment in the carrying value of our long-lived assets and goodwill or our deferred tax assets;
 
  •  potential volatility in our effective tax rate;
 
  •  acts of war and/or terrorism, including, but not limited to, the current military action in Iraq and Afghanistan, the current situation in North Korea, and the continuing war on terrorism, as well as actions taken or to be taken by the United States and other governments as a result of further acts or threats of terrorism, and the impact of these acts on economic, financial and social conditions in the countries where we operate; and
 
  •  the timing and occurrence (or non-occurrence) of other transactions, events and circumstances which may be beyond our control.
 
The risks included here are not exhaustive. Refer to “Part I, Item 1A — Risk Factors” of this report for further discussion regarding our exposure to risks. Additionally, new risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all such risk factors, nor to assess the impact such risk factors might have on our business or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results.


ii


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
             
      Business   1
        Tenneco Inc   1
        Contributions of Major Businesses   4
        Description of Our Business   5
      Risk Factors   21
      Unresolved Staff Comments   30
      Properties   30
      Legal Proceedings   30
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   32
      Executive Officers of the Registrant   32
 
PART II
      Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   34
      Selected Financial Data   36
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   38
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   66
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   67
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   132
      Controls and Procedures   132
      Other Information   132
 
PART III
      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   133
      Executive Compensation   133
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   133
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   134
      Principal Accountant Fees and Services   134
 
PART IV
      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   135
 EX-10.70
 EX-10.71
 EX-10.72
 EX-10.73
 EX-10.74
 EX-12
 EX-21
 EX-23
 EX-24
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1


iii


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS.
 
TENNECO INC.
 
General
 
Our company, Tenneco Inc., is one of the world’s largest producers of automotive emission control and ride control products and systems. Our company serves both original equipment vehicle manufacturers (“OEMs”) and the repair and replacement markets, or aftermarket, worldwide. As used herein, the term “Tenneco,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company” refers to Tenneco Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
 
Tenneco was incorporated in Delaware in 1996. In 2005, we changed our name from Tenneco Automotive Inc. back to Tenneco Inc. The name Tenneco better represents the expanding number of markets we serve through our commercial and specialty vehicle businesses. Building a stronger presence in these markets complements our core businesses of supplying ride control and emission control products and systems for light vehicles to automotive original equipment and aftermarket customers worldwide. Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TEN.”
 
Corporate Governance and Available Information
 
We have established a comprehensive corporate governance plan for the purpose of defining responsibilities, setting high standards of professional and personal conduct and assuring compliance with such responsibilities and standards. As part of its annual review process, the Board of Directors monitors developments in the area of corporate governance. Listed below are some of the key elements of our corporate governance plan.
 
For more information about these matters, see our definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 12, 2010.
 
Independence of Directors
 
  •  Eight of our ten directors are independent under the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) listing standards.
 
  •  Independent directors are scheduled to meet separately in executive session after every regularly scheduled Board of Directors meeting.
 
  •  We have a lead independent director, Mr. Paul T. Stecko.
 
Audit Committee
 
  •  All members meet the independence standards for audit committee membership under the NYSE listing standards and applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules.
 
  •  Two members of the Audit Committee, Messrs. Charles Cramb and Dennis Letham, have been designated by the Board as “audit committee financial experts,” as defined in the SEC rules, and the remaining members of the Audit Committee satisfy the NYSE’s financial literacy requirements.
 
  •  The Audit Committee operates under a written charter which governs its duties and responsibilities, including its sole authority to appoint, review, evaluate and replace our independent auditors.
 
  •  The Audit Committee has adopted policies and procedures governing the pre-approval of all audit, audit-related, tax and other services provided by our independent auditors.
 
Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee
 
  •  All members meet the independence standards for compensation and nominating committee membership under the NYSE listing standards.


1


Table of Contents

 
  •  The Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee operates under a written charter that governs its duties and responsibilities, including the responsibility for executive compensation.
 
  •  We have an Executive Compensation Subcommittee which has the responsibility to consider and approve equity based compensation for our executive officers which is intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Corporate Governance Principles
 
  •  We have adopted Corporate Governance Principles, including qualification and independence standards for directors.
 
Stock Ownership Guidelines
 
  •  We have adopted Stock Ownership Guidelines to align the interests of our executives with the interests of stockholders and promote our commitment to sound corporate governance.
 
  •  The Stock Ownership Guidelines apply to the independent directors, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, all Executive Vice Presidents and all Senior Vice Presidents.
 
Communication with Directors
 
  •  The Audit Committee has established a process for confidential and anonymous submission by our employees, as well as submissions by other interested parties, regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.
 
  •  Additionally, the Board of Directors has established a process for stockholders to communicate with the Board of Directors, as a whole, or any independent director.
 
Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
  •  We have adopted a Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers, which applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller and other key financial managers. This code is filed as Exhibit 14 to this report.
 
  •  We also operate under a Statement of Business Principles that applies to all directors, officers and employees and includes provisions ranging from restrictions on gifts to conflicts of interests. All salaried employees are required to affirm annually in writing their acceptance of, and compliance with, these principles.
 
Related Party Transactions Policy
 
  •  We have adopted a Policy and Procedure for Transactions With Related Persons, under which our Audit Committee must generally pre-approve transactions involving more than $120,000 with our directors, executive officers, five percent or greater stockholders and their immediate family members.
 
Equity Award Policy
 
  •  We have adopted a written policy to be followed for all issuances by our company of compensatory awards in the form of our common stock or any derivative of the common stock.
 
Personal Loans to Executive Officers and Directors
 
  •  We comply with and operate in a manner consistent with the legislation outlawing extensions of credit in the form of a personal loan to or for our directors or executive officers.
 
Our Internet address is www.tenneco.com. We make our proxy statements, annual report to stockholders, annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, as filed with or furnished to the SEC, available free of charge on our Internet website as soon as


2


Table of Contents

reasonably practicable after submission to the SEC. Securities ownership reports on Forms 3, 4 and 5 are also available free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after submission to the SEC. The contents of our website are not, however, a part of this report.
 
Our Audit Committee, Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee and Executive Compensation Subcommittee Charters, Corporate Governance Principles, Stock Ownership Guidelines, Audit Committee policy regarding accounting complaints, Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers, Statement of Business Principles, Policy and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons, Equity Award Policy, policy for communicating with the Board of Directors and Audit Committee policy regarding the pre-approval of audit, non-audit, tax and other services are available free of charge on our website at www.tenneco.com. In addition, we will make a copy of any of these documents available to any person, without charge, upon written request to Tenneco Inc., 500 North Field Drive, Lake Forest, Illinois 60045, Attn: General Counsel. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K and applicable NYSE rules regarding amendments to, or waivers of, our Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers and Statement of Business Principles by posting this information on our website at www.tenneco.com.


3


Table of Contents

 
CONTRIBUTIONS OF MAJOR BUSINESSES
 
For information concerning our operating segments, geographic areas and major products or groups of products, see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. included in Item 8. The following tables summarize for each of our reporting segments for the periods indicated: (i) net sales and operating revenues; (ii) earnings before interest expense, income taxes and noncontrolling interests (“EBIT”); and (iii) expenditures for plant, property and equipment. You should also read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 for information about certain costs and charges included in our results.
 
Net Sales and Operating Revenues:
 
                                                 
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollar Amounts in Millions)  
 
North America
  $ 2,099       45 %   $ 2,641       45 %   $ 2,910       47 %
Europe, South America and India
    2,209       48       2,983       50       3,135       51  
Asia Pacific
    525       11       543       9       560       9  
Intergroup sales
    (184 )     (4 )     (251 )     (4 )     (421 )     (7 )
                                                 
Total
  $ 4,649       100 %   $ 5,916       100 %   $ 6,184       100 %
                                                 
 
EBIT:
 
                                                 
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollar Amounts in Millions)  
 
North America
  $ 42       45 %   $ (107 )     NM     $ 120       48 %
Europe, South America and India
    20       22       85       NM       99       39  
Asia Pacific
    30       33       19       NM       33       13  
                                                 
Total
  $ 92       100 %   $ (3 )           $ 252       100 %
                                                 
 
Expenditures for plant, property and equipment:
 
                                                 
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollar Amounts in Millions)  
 
North America
  $ 45       38 %   $ 108       49 %   $ 106       54 %
Europe, South America and India
    58       49       89       40       74       37  
Asia Pacific
    15       13       24       11       18       9  
                                                 
Total
  $ 118       100 %   $ 221       100 %   $ 198       100 %
                                                 
 
Interest expense, income taxes, and noncontrolling interests that were not allocated to our operating segments are:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Interest expense (net of interest capitalized)
  $ 133     $ 113     $ 164  
Income tax expense
    13       289       83  
Noncontrolling interests
    19       10       10  


4


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF OUR BUSINESS
 
We design, manufacture and sell automotive emission control and ride control systems and products, with 2009 revenues of $4.6 billion. We serve both original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and replacement markets worldwide through leading brands, including Monroe®, Rancho®, Clevite® Elastomers, and Fric Rottm ride control products and Walker®, Fonostm, and Gillettm emission control products.
 
As a parts supplier, we produce individual component parts for vehicles as well as groups of components that are combined as modules or systems within vehicles. These parts, modules and systems are sold globally to most leading OEMs and throughout all aftermarket distribution channels.
 
Overview of Automotive Parts Industry and Adjacent Markets
 
The automotive parts industry is generally separated into two categories: (1) “original equipment” or “OE” in which parts are sold in large quantities directly for use by OEMs; and (2) “aftermarket” in which replacement parts are sold in varying quantities to a wide range of wholesalers, retailers and installers. In the OE market, parts suppliers are generally divided into tiers — “Tier 1” suppliers that provide their products directly to OEMs, and “Tier 2” or “Tier 3” suppliers that sell their products principally to other suppliers for combination into the other suppliers’ own product offerings.
 
Demand for automotive parts in the OE market is generally a function of the number of new vehicles produced, which in turn is a function of prevailing economic conditions and consumer preferences. In 2009, the number of light vehicles produced was 8.6 million in North America, 24.6 million in Europe, South America and India and 26.5 million in Asia Pacific. The term “light vehicles” is comprised of two groups: (1) passenger cars and (2) light trucks. When we refer to “light trucks,” we are including sport-utility vehicles (SUV), crossover vehicles (CUV), pick-up trucks, vans and multi-purpose passenger vehicles. Worldwide new light vehicle production is forecasted to increase to 66.4 million units in 2010 from approximately 59.7 million units in 2009. Although OE demand is tied to planned vehicle production, parts suppliers also have the opportunity to grow through increasing their product content per vehicle, by further expanding business with existing customers and by serving new customers in existing or new markets. Companies with global presence and advanced technology, engineering, manufacturing and support capabilities, such as our company, are better positioned to take advantage of these opportunities.
 
These same competitive advantages have enabled suppliers such as us to serve customers beyond the light vehicle market. Certain automotive parts suppliers now find themselves being asked to develop and produce components and integrated systems for the commercial market of medium- and heavy-duty trucks, buses, and non-road equipment as well as the recreational segment for two-wheelers and all-terrain vehicles. Tenneco foresees this market diversification as a source of future growth.
 
Demand for aftermarket products is driven by general economic conditions, the number of vehicles in operation, the age and distance driven of the vehicle fleet, and the average useful life and quality of vehicle parts. Although more vehicles are on the road than ever before, the aftermarket has experienced longer replacement cycles due to the improved quality of OE parts and increases in the average useful life of automotive parts as a result of technological innovation. In addition, the difficult global economic climate has negatively impacted aftermarket sales. Suppliers are increasingly being required to deliver innovative aftermarket products that upgrade the performance or safety of a vehicle’s original components to drive aftermarket demand.
 
Industry Trends
 
Currently, we believe several significant existing and emerging trends are dramatically impacting the automotive industry and the other markets we serve. As the dynamics of the markets we serve change, so do


5


Table of Contents

the roles, responsibilities and relationships of the participants. Key trends that we believe are affecting parts suppliers include:
 
General Economic Factors and Production Levels
 
The recent global financial crisis materially and negatively impacted the automotive industry and our customers’ businesses in the U.S. and elsewhere. Automakers around the world experienced financial difficulties from a weakened economy, tightening credit markets, low consumer confidence, and reduced demand for their products. General Motors and Chrysler reorganized under bankruptcy protection in 2009, and other OE manufacturers took actions to improve profitability and remain solvent. The automotive supply base in turn also faced severe cash flow problems as a result of the significantly lower production levels of light vehicles, increased costs of certain raw material, commodity and energy costs, and restricted access to additional liquidity through the capital markets. Consumers facing a weak job market and inadequate financing options were reluctant to purchase durable goods such as automobiles.
 
During 2008 and 2009, the North American market in particular witnessed a shift away from higher-margin light trucks to more fuel-efficient passenger cars, negatively impacting the sales and profitability of suppliers such as us. These trends are still impacting OE manufacturers and their suppliers.
 
Increasing Environmental Standards
 
OE manufacturers and their parts suppliers are designing and developing products to respond to increasingly stringent environmental requirements, growth in the diesel markets and increased demands for better fuel economy. Government regulations adopted over the past decade require substantial reductions in vehicle tailpipe emissions, longer warranties on parts of a vehicle’s pollution control equipment and additional equipment to control fuel vapor emissions. Manufacturers are responding with new technologies for gasoline- and diesel-fueled vehicles that minimize pollution and improve fuel economy.
 
As a leading supplier of emission control systems with strong technical capabilities, we believe we are well positioned to benefit from the more rigorous environmental standards being adopted around the world. To meet stricter air quality regulations, we have developed and sold diesel particulate filters for the Mercedes Benz Sprinter and BMW 1 and 3 series passenger cars in Europe and for the GM Duramax engine applications, the Ford Super Duty, the Dodge Ram and International Truck and Engine Corporation’s medium-duty trucks in North America. These particulate filters, coupled with De-NOx converters, reduce emissions of particulate matter by up to 90 percent and of nitrogen oxide by up to 85 percent. In addition, we have development and production contracts for our selective catalytic reduction (SCR) systems with light and medium-duty truck manufacturers in North America, Europe and Asia. In China, we have development contracts for complete turnkey SCR systems, including the ELIM-NOxtm urea dosing technology which we acquired in 2007. Customers have also purchased prototypes of our hydrocarbon injector, a product acquired alongside the ELIM-NOxtm technology, which is used to inject hydrocarbon directly into the exhaust system to regenerate diesel particulate filters and Lean NOx Traps. Lastly, for various non-road customers, we are developing emission aftertreatment systems designed to meet Tier 4 environmental regulations.
 
Increasing Technologically Sophisticated Content
 
As consumers continue to demand vehicles with improved performance, safety and functionality at competitive prices, the components and systems in these vehicles become technologically more advanced and sophisticated. Mechanical functions are replaced with electronics; and mechanical and electronic devices are integrated into single systems. More stringent emission and other regulatory standards increase the complexity of the systems as well.
 
To remain competitive as a parts and systems supplier, we invest in engineering, research and development, spending $97 million in 2009, $127 million in 2008 and $114 million in 2007, net of customer reimbursements. In addition, we build prototypes and incur other costs on behalf of our customers to further our technological capabilities. Such expenses reimbursed by our customers totaled $104 million in 2009,


6


Table of Contents

$120 million in 2008, and $72 million in 2007. We also fund and sponsor university research to advance our emission control and ride control development.
 
By investing in technology, we can expand our product offerings and penetrate new markets. We developed diesel particulate filters (DPFs) which were first sold in Europe and then offered in North America. We co-developed with Öhlins Racing AB a computerized electronic suspension system (CES) now offered by Volvo, Audi, Ford, VW and Mercedes Benz on their vehicles.
 
Enhanced Vehicle Safety
 
Vehicle safety and handling continue to gain increased industry attention and play a critical role in consumer purchasing decisions. The U.S. made electronic stability control (ESC) systems mandatory by 2012 with the adoption of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 126 (FMVSS-126). OEMs, to serve the needs of their customers and meet government mandates, are seeking parts suppliers that invest in new technologies, capabilities and products that advance vehicle safety, such as roll-over protection systems, smart airbags, braking electronics, computerized electronic suspension and safer, more durable materials. Those suppliers able to offer such innovative products and technologies have a distinct competitive advantage.
 
Tenneco co-developed CES and offers Kinetic® ride control technology to improve vehicle stability and handling. We promoted the “Safety Triangle” of Steering-Stopping-Stability to educate consumers about the detrimental effect of worn shock absorbers on vehicle steering and stopping distances. We introduced premium, Monroe® branded brakes to the aftermarket.
 
Outsourcing and Demand for Systems and Modules
 
OEMs have steadily outsourced more of the design and manufacturing of vehicle parts and systems to simplify the assembly process, lower costs and reduce development times. Furthermore, they have demanded fully integrated, functional systems made possible with the development of advanced electronics in addition to innovative, individual vehicle components and parts that may not readily interface together. As a result, successful parts suppliers offer a variety of component products individually as well as integrated modules and systems:
 
  •  “Modules” are groups of component parts arranged in close physical proximity to each other within a vehicle. Modules are often assembled by the supplier and shipped to the OEM for installation in a vehicle as a unit. Integrated shock and spring units, seats, instrument panels, axles and door panels are examples.
 
  •  “Systems” are groups of component parts located throughout a vehicle which operate together to provide a specific vehicle functionality. Emission control systems, anti-lock braking systems, safety restraint systems, roll control systems and powertrain systems are examples.
 
This shift towards fully integrated systems created the role of the Tier 1 systems integrator, a supplier responsible for executing a broad array of activities, including design, development, engineering, and testing of component parts, systems and modules. With more than a decade of experience as an established Tier 1 supplier, we have produced modules and systems for various vehicle platforms produced worldwide, supplying ride control modules for the GM Chevy Silverado, GM Sierra and the VW Transporter and emission control systems for the Ford Super Duty, Toyota Tundra, Chrysler Dodge Ram, Ford Focus, and the GM Acadia and Enclave. In addition, we continue to design other modules and systems for platforms yet to be introduced to the global marketplace.
 
Global Reach of OE Customers
 
Changing market dynamics are driving OE manufacturers and their parts suppliers to expand their global reach:
 
  •  Growing Importance of Developing Markets:  Because the North American and Western European automotive markets are relatively mature, OEMs are increasingly focusing on developing markets for


7


Table of Contents

  growth opportunities, particularly Brazil, Russia, India and China, collectively known as the BRIC economies, as well as Thailand. As OEMs have penetrated new regions, growth opportunities for suppliers have emerged.
 
  •  Governmental Tariffs and Local Parts Requirements:  Many governments around the world require vehicles sold within their country to contain specified percentages of locally produced parts. Additionally, some governments place high tariffs on imported parts.
 
  •  Location of Production Closer to End Markets:  As OE manufacturers and parts suppliers have shifted production globally to be closer to their end markets, suppliers have expanded their reach, capturing sales in developing markets and taking advantage of relatively lower labor costs.
 
Because of these trends, OE manufacturers are increasingly seeking suppliers capable of supporting vehicle platforms being introduced globally. They want suppliers like Tenneco with design, production, engineering and logistics capabilities that can be accessed not just in North America and Europe but also in the developing markets.
 
Global Rationalization of OE Vehicle Platforms
 
OE manufacturers continue to standardize on “global platforms,” designing basic mechanical structures that are each suited for a number of similar vehicle models and able to accommodate different features for more than one region. Light vehicle platforms of over one million units are expected to grow from 36 percent to 52 percent of global OE production from 2009 to 2014.
 
With such global platforms, OE manufacturers realize significant economies of scale by limiting variations in items such as steering columns, brake systems, transmissions, axles, exhaust systems, support structures and power window and door lock mechanisms. The shift towards standardization can also benefit automotive parts suppliers. They can experience greater economies of scale, lower material costs, and reduced investment expenses for molds, dies and prototype development.
 
Extended Product Life of Automotive Parts
 
The average useful life of automotive parts, both OE and replacement, has been steadily increasing in recent years due to technological innovations. As a result, although there are more vehicles on the road than ever before, the global aftermarket has not kept pace with that growth. Accordingly, aftermarket suppliers have focused on reducing costs and providing product differentiation through advanced technology and recognized brand names. With our long history of technological innovation, brand awareness and operational effectiveness, we believe we are well positioned to leverage our products and technology.
 
Changing Aftermarket Distribution Channels
 
From 1999 to 2009, the number of retail outlets supplying aftermarket parts increased significantly while the number of jobber stores declined 14 percent in the U.S. Major aftermarket retailers, such as AutoZone and Advance Auto Parts, attempted to expand their commercial sales by selling directly to parts installers, which had historically purchased from their local warehouse distributors and jobbers, as they continued to market to individual retail consumers. Retailers now have the option to offer premium brands which are often preferred by their commercial customers in addition to standard products which are often selected by their individual store buyers. We believe we are well positioned to respond to this trend because we continue to produce high-quality, premium brands and products.
 
Contracting Supplier Base
 
Over the past few years, as OEMs expanded geographically, pricing pressures grew and outsourcing increased, parts suppliers fought to remain competitive through consolidation, investing or restructuring to broaden their global reach, offering integrated products and services and gaining economies of scale. The recent economic crisis only exacerbated this situation with 340 suppliers worldwide filing for insolvency in


8


Table of Contents

2009. We believe that a supplier’s viability in this marketplace will depend, in part, on its ability to maintain and increase operating efficiencies and provide value-added services.
 
Analysis of Revenues
 
The table below provides, for each of the years 2007 through 2009, information relating to our net sales and operating revenues, by primary product lines and customer categories.
 
                         
    Net Sales
 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Emission Control Systems & Products
                       
Aftermarket
  $ 315     $ 358     $ 370  
Original Equipment
                       
OE Value-add
    1,638       2,128       2,288  
OE Substrate(1)
    966       1,492       1,673  
                         
      2,604       3,620       3,961  
                         
      2,919       3,978       4,331  
                         
Ride Control Systems & Products
                       
Aftermarket
    721       761       734  
Original Equipment
    1,009       1,177       1,119  
                         
      1,730       1,938       1,853  
                         
Total Revenues
  $ 4,649     $ 5,916     $ 6,184  
                         
 
(1) See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 for a discussion of substrate sales.
 
Brands
 
In each of our operating segments, we manufacture and market products with leading brand names. Monroe® ride control products and Walker® exhaust products are two of the most recognized brands in the industry. We emphasize product value differentiation with brands such as Monroe Sensa-Trac® and Reflex® (shock absorbers and struts), Quiet-Flow® (mufflers), DynoMax® (performance exhaust products), Rancho® (ride control products for the high performance light truck market), Clevite® Elastomers (elastomeric vibration control components), Marzocchitm (forks and suspensions for the two-wheeler market) and Lukey (performance exhaust and filters). In Europe, our Gillettm brand is recognized as a leader in highly engineered exhaust systems for OE customers.
 
Customers
 
We have developed long-standing business relationships with our customers around the world. In each of our operating segments, we work together with our customers in all stages of production, including design, development, component sourcing, quality assurance, manufacturing and delivery. With a diverse mix of OE and aftermarket products and facilities in major markets worldwide, we believe we are well positioned to meet customer needs. We believe we have a strong, established reputation with customers for providing high-quality products at competitive prices, as well as for timely delivery and customer service.


9


Table of Contents

Worldwide we serve more than 65 different OEMs, and our products or systems are included on six of the top 10 passenger models produced in Europe and eight of the top 10 light truck models produced in North America for 2009. During 2009, our OEM customers included:
 
         
North America   Europe   Asia
AM General
Caterpillar
Chrysler
Club Car
Daimler AG
Fiat
Ford Motor
General Motors
Harley-Davidson
Honda Motor
John Deere
Navistar International
Nissan Motor
Oshkosh Truck
Paccar
Toyota Motor
Volkswagen Group
Volvo Global Truck

Australia
Club Car
Fiat
Ford Motor
General Motors
Mazda Motor
Toyota Motor
  BMW
Daimler AG
Fiat
Ford Motor
General Motors
Harley-Davidson
Mazda Motor
Nissan Motor
Paccar
Porsche
PSA Peugeot Citroen
Renault
Suzuki
Tata Motors
Toyota Motor
Volkswagen Group
Volvo Global Truck


South America
Daimler AG
Fiat
Ford Motor
General Motors
Navistar International
Nissan Motor
PSA Peugeot Citroen
Renault
Toyota Motor
Volkswagen Group
  BMW
Brilliance Automobile
Changan Automotive
Dongfeng Motor
First Auto Works
Ford Motor
General Motors
Great Wall Motor Co.
Isuzu Motors
Jiangling Motors
Mazda Motor
Nissan Motor
PSA Peugeot Citroen
SAIC Motor Corp.
Toyota Motor
Volkswagen Group



India
Club Car
General Motors
Mahindra & Mahindra
Suzuki
Tata Motors
TVS Motors
 
The following customers accounted for 10 percent or more of our net sales in any of the last three years.
 
                         
Customer
  2009     2008     2007  
 
General Motors
    16 %     20 %     20 %
Ford
    14 %     11 %     13 %
 
During 2009, our aftermarket customers were comprised of full-line and specialty warehouse distributors, retailers, jobbers, installer chains and car dealers. These customers included National Auto Parts Association (NAPA), Advance Auto Parts, Uni-Select, Pep Boys and O’Reilly Automotive in North America and Temot, Auto Distribution International, Group Auto Union, Kwik-Fit and Mekonomen Grossist in Europe. We believe our revenue mix is balanced, with our top 10 aftermarket customers accounting for 45 percent of our net aftermarket sales and our aftermarket sales representing 22 percent of our total net sales in 2009.
 
Competition
 
We operate in highly competitive markets. Customer loyalty is a key element of competition in these markets and is developed through long-standing relationships, customer service, high quality value-added products and timely delivery. Product pricing and services provided are other important competitive factors.
 
In both the OE market and aftermarket, we compete with the vehicle manufacturers, some of which are also customers of ours, and numerous independent suppliers. In the OE market, we believe that we rank among the top two suppliers in the world for both emission control and ride control products and systems for


10


Table of Contents

light vehicles. In the aftermarket, we believe that we are the market share leader in the supply of both emission control and ride control products for light vehicles in the markets we serve throughout the world.
 
Seasonality
 
Our OE and aftermarket businesses are somewhat seasonal. OE production is historically higher in the first half of the year compared to the second half. It decreases in the third quarter due to OE plant shutdowns; and softens in the fourth quarter due to reduced consumer demand for new vehicles during the holiday season and the winter months in North America and Europe generally. Our aftermarket operations, also affected by seasonality, experience relatively higher demand during the Spring as vehicle owners prepare for the Summer driving season.
 
While seasonality does impact our business, actual results may vary from the above trends due to global and local economic dynamics as well as industry-specific platform launches and other production-related events. For instance, in 2008 and 2009, seasonal OE plant closures were longer and more pronounced than normal due to the global recession.
 
Traditionally, during recessions, OE sales decline due to reduced consumer demand for automobiles and other capital goods. Aftermarket sales do not see the same impact as consumers forego new vehicle purchases and keep their vehicles longer, choosing to spend instead on repair and maintenance services. By participating in both the OE and aftermarket segments, we generally see a smaller revenue decline than the overall change in OE production.
 
Emission Control Systems
 
Vehicle emission control products and systems play a critical role in safely conveying noxious exhaust gases away from the passenger compartment and reducing the level of pollutants and engine exhaust noise emitted to acceptable levels. Precise engineering of the exhaust system — extending from the manifold that connects an engine’s exhaust ports to an exhaust pipe, to the catalytic converter that eliminates pollutants from the exhaust, and to the muffler that modulates noise and emissions — leads to a pleasant, tuned engine sound, reduced pollutants and optimized engine performance.
 
We design, manufacture and distribute a variety of products and systems designed to reduce pollution and optimize engine performance, acoustic tuning and weight, including the following:
 
  •  Catalytic converters and diesel oxidation catalysts — Devices consisting of a substrate coated with precious metals enclosed in a steel casing used to reduce harmful gaseous emissions, such as carbon monoxide;
 
  •  Diesel Particulate Filters (DPFs) — Devices to eliminate particulate matter emitted from diesel engines;
 
  •  Burner systems — Devices which actively combust fuel and air inside the exhaust system to create extra heat for DPF regeneration, or for improved efficiency of SCR systems;
 
  •  Hydrocarbon vaporizers and injectors — Devices to add fuel to a diesel exhaust system in order to regenerate diesel particulate filters or Lean NOx traps;
 
  •  Lean NOx traps — Devices which reduce Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) emissions from diesel powertrains using capture and store technology;
 
  •  Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) systems — Devices which reduce NOx emissions from diesel powertrains using injected reductants such as AdBLuetm or Diesel Exhaust Fuel (DEF);
 
  •  Mufflers and resonators — Devices to provide noise elimination and acoustic tuning;
 
  •  Exhaust manifolds — Components that collect gases from individual cylinders of a vehicle’s engine and direct them into a single exhaust pipe;


11


Table of Contents

 
  •  Pipes — Utilized to connect various parts of both the hot and cold ends of an exhaust system;
 
  •  Hydroformed assemblies — Forms in various geometric shapes, such as Y-pipes or T-pipes, which provide optimization in both design and installation as compared to conventional pipes; and
 
  •  Hangers and isolators — Used for system installation and elimination of noise and vibration.
 
For the catalytic converters we sell, we either buy completed catalytic converters systems themselves or procure substrates coated with precious metals which we incorporate into entire systems. We obtain from third parties or directly from OE manufacturers these components and systems, often at the OEM’s discretion. See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information on our sales of these products.
 
We entered the emission control market in 1967 with the acquisition of Walker Manufacturing Company, which was founded in 1888, and became one of Europe’s leading OE emission control systems suppliers with the acquisition of Heinrich Gillet GmbH & Co. in 1994. Throughout this document, the term “Walker” refers to our subsidiaries and affiliates that produce emission control products and systems.
 
We supply our emission control offerings to 40 vehicle makers for use on over 200 vehicle models, including five of the top 10 passenger cars produced in Europe and six of the top 10 light truck models produced in North America for 2009. We also delivered emission control products to heavy-duty truck and specialty vehicle manufacturers including Harley-Davidson, BMW Motorcycle, Daimler Trucks, and International Truck and Engine Corporation (Navistar).
 
In the aftermarket, we manufacture, market and distribute replacement mufflers for virtually all North American, European, and Asian makes of light vehicles under brand names including Quiet-Flow®, TruFit® and Aluminox Protm, in addition to offering a variety of other related products such as pipes and catalytic converters (Walker Perfection®). We also serve the specialty exhaust aftermarket with offerings that include Mega-Flowtm exhaust products for heavy-duty vehicle applications and DynoMax® high performance exhaust products. We continue to emphasize product-value differentiation with other aftermarket brands such as Thrush® and Fonostm.
 
The following table provides, for each of the years 2007 through 2009, information relating to our sales of emission control products and systems for certain geographic areas:
 
                         
    Percentage of Net Sales
 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
United States
                       
Aftermarket
    17 %     12 %     10 %
OE market
    83       88       90  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
Foreign Sales
                       
Aftermarket
    8 %     8 %     8 %
OE market
    92       92       92  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
Total Sales by Geographic Area
                       
United States
    31 %     32 %     34 %
Foreign
    69       68       66  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
 
Ride Control Systems
 
Superior ride control is governed by a vehicle’s suspension system, including its shock absorbers and struts. Shock absorbers and struts serve to maintain the vertical loads placed on the vehicle’s tires and thus, help keep the tires in contact with the road. A vehicle’s ability to steer, brake, accelerate and operate safely


12


Table of Contents

depends on the contact between the vehicle’s tires and the road. Worn shocks and struts can allow excess transfer of the vehicle’s weight — either from side to side which is called “roll;” from front to rear which is called “pitch;” or up and down, which is called “bounce.” Shock absorbers are designed to control the vertical loads placed on tires and thereby provide resistance to vehicle roll, pitch and bounce. They not only function as safety components but also provide a comfortable ride.
 
We design, manufacture and distribute a variety of ride control products and systems. Our ride control offerings include:
 
  •  Shock absorbers — A broad range of mechanical shock absorbers and related components for light- and heavy-duty vehicles, including twin-tube and monotube shock absorbers;
 
  •  Struts — A complete line of struts and strut assemblies for light vehicles;
 
  •  Vibration control components (Clevite® Elastomers) — Generally, rubber-to-metal bushings and mountings to reduce vibration between metal parts of a vehicle. Offerings include a broad range of suspension arms, rods and links for light- and heavy-duty vehicles;
 
  •  Kinetic® Suspension Technology — A suite of roll-control and nearly equal wheel-loading systems ranging from simple mechanical systems to complex hydraulic ones featuring proprietary and patented technology. The Kinetic® Suspension Technology was incorporated on the Citroën World Rally Car that was featured in the World Rally Championship 2003, 2004 and 2005. Additionally, the Kinetic® Suspension Technology was offered on the Lexus GX 470 sport utility vehicle which resulted in our winning the PACE Award;
 
  •  Advanced suspension systems — Shock absorbers and suspension systems that electronically adjust a vehicle’s performance based on inputs such as steering and braking; and
 
  •  Other — We also offer other ride control products such as load assist products, springs, steering stabilizers, adjustable suspension systems, suspension kits and modular assemblies.
 
We supply our ride control offerings to over 65 vehicle-makers for use on over 210 vehicle models, including three of the top 10 passenger cars produced in Europe and 7 of the top 10 light truck models produced in North America for 2009. We also supply OE ride control products and systems to a range of heavy-duty and specialty vehicle manufacturers including Volvo Truck, Scania, International Truck and Engine Corporation (Navistar), and PACCAR.
 
In the ride control aftermarket, we manufacture, market and distribute replacement shock absorbers for virtually all North American, European and Asian makes of light vehicles under several brand names including Gas Matic®, Sensa-Trac®, Monroe Reflex® and Monroe Adventure®, as well as Clevite® Elastomers for elastomeric vibration control components. We also sell ride control offerings for the heavy-duty, off-road and specialty aftermarket, such as our Gas-Magnum® shock absorbers for the North American heavy-duty category and Marzocchi front forks for two wheelers.
 
We entered the ride control product line in 1977 with the acquisition of Monroe Auto Equipment Company, which was founded in 1916, and introduced the world’s first modern tubular shock absorber in 1930. When the term “Monroe” is used in this document it refers to our subsidiaries and affiliates that produce ride control products and systems.


13


Table of Contents

The following table provides, for each of the years 2007 through 2009, information relating to our sales of ride control equipment for certain geographic areas:
 
                         
    Percentage of Net Sales
 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
United States
                       
Aftermarket
    60 %     53 %     58 %
OE market
    40       47       42  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
Foreign Sales
                       
Aftermarket
    32 %     32 %     31 %
OE market
    68       68       69  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
Total Sales by Geographic Area
                       
United States
    36 %     34 %     32 %
Foreign
    64       66       68  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
 
Financial Information About Geographic Areas
 
Refer to Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. included in Item 8 of this report for financial information about geographic areas.
 
Sales, Marketing and Distribution
 
We have separate and distinct sales and marketing efforts for our OE and aftermarket businesses.
 
For OE sales, our sales and marketing team is an integrated group of professionals, including skilled engineers and program managers, who are organized by customer and product type (e.g., ride control and emission control). Our sales and marketing team provides the appropriate mix of operational and technical expertise needed to interface successfully with the OEMs. Our new business “capture process” involves working closely with the OEM platform engineering and purchasing teams. Bidding on OE automotive platforms typically encompasses many months of engineering and business development activity. Throughout the process, our sales team, program managers and product engineers assist the OE customer in defining the project’s technical and business requirements. A normal part of the process includes our engineering and sales personnel working on customers’ integrated product teams, and assisting with the development of component/system specifications and test procedures. Given that the OE business involves long-term production contracts awarded on a platform-by-platform basis, our strategy is to leverage our engineering expertise and strong customer relationships to obtain platform awards and increase operating margins.
 
For aftermarket sales and marketing, our sales force is generally organized by customer and region and covers multiple product lines. We sell aftermarket products through four primary channels of distribution: (1) the traditional three-step distribution system of full-line warehouse distributors, jobbers and installers; (2) the specialty two-step distribution system of specialty warehouse distributors that carry only specified automotive product groups and installers; (3) direct sales to retailers; and (4) direct sales to installer chains. Our aftermarket sales and marketing representatives cover all levels of the distribution channel, stimulating interest in our products and helping our products move through the distribution system. Also, to generate demand for our products from end-users, we run print and television advertisements and offer pricing promotions. We were one of the first parts manufacturers to offer business-to-business services to customers


14


Table of Contents

with TA-Direct, an on-line order entry and customer service tool. In addition, we maintain detailed web sites for each of Walker®, Monroe®, Rancho®, DynoMax®, Monroe brake brands and our heavy-duty products.
 
Manufacturing and Engineering
 
We focus on achieving superior product quality at the lowest operating costs possible and generally use state-of-the-art manufacturing processes to achieve that goal. Our manufacturing strategy centers on a lean production system designed to reduce overall costs, while maintaining quality standards and reducing manufacturing cycle time. In addition, we have implemented Six Sigma in our processes to minimize product defects and improve operational efficiencies. We deploy new technology to differentiate our products from our competitors’ and to achieve higher quality and productivity. We continue to adapt our capacity to customer demand, both expanding capabilities in growth areas as well as reallocating capacity away from demand segments in decline.
 
Emission Control
 
Our consolidated businesses operate 11 emission control manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and 43 emission control manufacturing facilities outside of the U.S. We operate 14 of these international manufacturing facilities through joint ventures in which we hold a controlling interest. We operate five emission control engineering and technical facilities worldwide and share two other such facilities with our ride control operations. In addition, three joint ventures in which we hold a noncontrolling interest operate a total of three manufacturing facilities outside the U.S.
 
Within each of our emission control manufacturing facilities, operations are organized by component (e.g., muffler, catalytic converter, pipe, resonator and manifold). Our manufacturing systems incorporate cell-based designs, allowing work-in-process to move through the operation with greater speed and flexibility. We continue to invest in plant and equipment to stay competitive in the industry. For instance, in our Smithville, Tennessee, OE manufacturing facility, we have developed a muffler assembly cell that utilizes laser welding. This allows for quicker change-over times in the process as well as less material used and less weight for the product. There is also a reduced cycle time compared to traditional joining and increased manufacturing precision for superior durability and performance. In 2007, we introduced the Measured and Matched Converter technique in North America. This allows us to maintain the optimum GBD (Gap Bulk Density) in our converter manufacturing operations with Tenneco proprietary processing. This process, coupled with cold spinning of the converter body, versus traditional cone to can welding, allows for more effective use of material through reduced welding, lower cost, and better performance of the product.
 
To strengthen our position as a Tier-1 OE systems supplier, we have developed some of our emission control manufacturing operations into “just-in-time” or “JIT” systems. In this system, a JIT facility located close to our OE customer’s manufacturing plant receives product components from both our manufacturing operations and independent suppliers, and then assembles and ships products to the OEMs on an as-needed basis. To manage the JIT functions and material flow, we have advanced computerized material requirements planning systems linked with our customers’ and supplier partners’ resource management systems. We have three emission control JIT assembly facilities in the United States and 23 throughout the rest of the world.
 
Our engineering capabilities include advanced predictive design tools, advanced prototyping processes and state-of-the-art testing equipment. These technological capabilities make us a “full system” integrator to the OEMs, supplying complete emission control systems from the manifold to the tailpipe, to provide full emission and noise control. We have expanded our engineering capabilities with the acquisition of Combustion Component Associates’s ELIM-NOxtm mobile emission technology that includes urea and hydrocarbon injection, and electronic controls and software for selective catalytic reduction. We have also developed advanced predictive engineering tools, including KBM&E (Knowledge Based Manufacturing & Engineering). The innovation of our KBM&E (which we call TEN-KBM&E) is a modular toolbox set of CAD embedded applications for manufacturing and engineering compliant design. The encapsulated TEN-KBM&E content is driven by an analytical method which continuously captures and updates the knowledge of our main manufacturing and engineering processes.


15


Table of Contents

Ride Control
 
Our consolidated businesses operate seven ride control manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and 23 ride control manufacturing facilities outside the U.S. We operate two of these international facilities through joint ventures in which we hold a controlling interest. We operate seven engineering and technical facilities worldwide and share two other such facilities with our emission control operations.
 
Within each of our ride control manufacturing facilities, operations are organized by product (e.g., shocks, struts and vibration control products) and include computer numerically controlled and conventional machine centers; tube milling and drawn-over-mandrel manufacturing equipment; metal inert gas and resistance welding; powdered metal pressing and sintering; chrome plating; stamping; and assembly/test capabilities. Our manufacturing systems incorporate cell-based designs, allowing work-in-process to move through the operation with greater speed and flexibility.
 
To strengthen our position as a Tier 1 OE module supplier, we have developed some of our manufacturing operations into JIT systems. We have three JIT ride control facilities outside the U.S.
 
In designing our shock absorbers and struts, we use advanced engineering and test capabilities to provide product reliability, endurance and performance. Our engineering capabilities feature advanced computer-aided design equipment and testing facilities. Our dedication to innovative solutions has led to such technological advances as:
 
  •  Adaptive damping systems — adapt to the vehicle’s motion to better control undesirable vehicle motions;
 
  •  Electronically adjustable suspensions — change suspension performance based on a variety of inputs such as steering, braking, vehicle height, and velocity; and
 
  •  Air leveling systems — manually or automatically adjust the height of the vehicle.
 
Conventional shock absorbers and struts generally compromise either ride comfort or vehicle control. Our innovative grooved-tube, gas-charged shock absorbers and struts provide both ride comfort and vehicle control, resulting in improved handling, reduced vibration and a wider range of vehicle control. This technology can be found in our premium quality Sensa-Trac® shock absorbers. We further enhanced this technology by adding the SafeTechtm fluon banded piston, which improves shock absorber performance and durability. We introduced the Monroe Reflex® shock absorber, which incorporates our Impact Sensortm device. This technology permits the shock absorber to automatically switch in milliseconds between firm and soft compression damping when the vehicle encounters rough road conditions, thus maintaining better tire-to-road contact and improving handling and safety. We have also developed an innovative computerized electronic suspension system, which features dampers developed by Tenneco and electronic valves designed by öhlins Racing AB. The continuously controlled electronic suspension (“CES”) ride control system is featured on Audi, Volvo, Ford, VW and Mercedes Benz vehicles.
 
Quality Control
 
Quality control is an important part of our production process. Our quality engineers establish performance and reliability standards in the product’s design stage, and use prototypes to confirm that the component/system can be manufactured to specifications. Quality control is also integrated into the manufacturing process, with shop operators being responsible for quality control of their specific work product. In addition, our inspectors test work-in-progress at various stages to ensure components are being fabricated to meet customers’ requirements.
 
We believe our commitment to quality control and sound management practices and policies is demonstrated by our successful participation in the International Standards Organization/Technical Specifications certification process (“ISO/TS”). ISO/TS certifications are semi-annual or annual audits that certify that a company’s facilities meet stringent quality and business systems requirements. Without ISO or TS certification, we would not be able to supply our products for the aftermarket or the OE market, respectively, either locally or globally. All of our manufacturing facilities where we have determined that TS certification is required to


16


Table of Contents

serve our customers or would provide us with an advantage in securing additional business, have achieved ISO/TS 16949 certification.
 
Business Strategy
 
We strive to strengthen our global market position by designing, manufacturing, delivering and marketing technologically innovative emission control and ride control products and systems for OEMs and the aftermarket. We work toward achieving a balanced mix of products, markets and customers by capitalizing on emerging trends, specific regional preferences and changing customer requirements. We target both mature and developing markets for not just light vehicles, but also for commercial and specialty vehicles. We further enhance our operations by focusing on operational excellence in all functional areas.
 
The key components of our business strategy are described below:
 
Develop and Commercialize Advanced Technologies
 
We develop and commercialize technologies that allow us to expand into new, fast-growing markets and serve our existing customers. By anticipating customer needs and preferences, we design advanced technologies that meet global market needs. For example, to meet the increasingly stringent emissions regulations being introduced around the world, we offer an integrated Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system that incorporates our ELIM-NOxtm technology.
 
We expect available content per vehicle to continue to rise over the next several years. Advanced aftertreatment exhaust systems will be required to comply with emissions regulations that affect light and commercial vehicles as well as locomotive and stationary engines. In addition, vehicle manufacturers, we believe, will offer greater comfort, handling and safety features by offering products such as electronic suspension and adjustable dampers. Our Continuously Controlled Electronic Suspension (CES) shock absorbers are now sold to Volvo, Audi, Mercedes, VW, and Ford, among others, and our engineered elastomers to manufacturers with unique requirements.
 
We continue to focus on developing highly engineered systems and complex assemblies and modules designed to provide value-added solutions to customers and increase vehicle content generally. Having many of our engineering and manufacturing facilities integrated electronically, we believe, has helped our products continue to be selected for inclusion in top-selling vehicles. In addition, our just-in-time and in-line sequencing manufacturing processes and distribution capabilities have enabled us to be more responsive to our customers’ needs.
 
Penetrate Adjacent Markets
 
We seek to penetrate a variety of adjacent markets and achieve growth in higher-margin businesses by applying our existing design, engineering and manufacturing capabilities. For example, we are aggressively leveraging our technology and engineering leadership in emission and ride control into adjacent markets such as the heavy-duty market for trucks, buses, agricultural equipment, construction machinery and other commercial vehicles. We have expanded our presence into the global market for off-road equipment by our newly formed relationship with Caterpillar as their global diesel emission control system integration supplier. We have added the ride control products and technologies of Gruppo Marzocchi to our existing exhaust systems for two-wheelers obtained from the Gabilan Manufacturing acquisition. In addition, we are evaluating and selectively pursuing retrofit opportunities which will allow us to penetrate new markets or expand our products in existing markets.
 
Expand in Developing Economies
 
We continue to adjust our global footprint to follow our customers into growth regions around the world and capture our fair share of new business. Recently, we opened a wholly-owned elastomer manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China; built and expanded several facilities in India; opened a second emissions control facility in St. Petersburg, Russia; and opened a new manufacturing plant in Korea. As OEMs have entered the fast-growing economies of Brazil, Russia, India, China, and Thailand, we have followed, building our capabilities to engineer and produce locally cost-competitive and cutting-edge products and capturing new business.


17


Table of Contents

Maintain Our Aftermarket Leadership
 
We manufacture and market leading, brand-name products to a diversified and global aftermarket customer base. Two of the most recognized brand-name products in the automotive parts industry are our Monroe® ride control products and Walker® emission control products, which have been offered to consumers since the 1930s. We believe our brand equity in the aftermarket is a key asset especially as customers consolidate and channels of distribution converge.
 
We provide value differentiation by creating product extensions bearing our various brands. For example, we offer Monroe Reflex® and Monroe Sensa-Trac® shock absorbers, Walker Quiet-Flow® mufflers, Rancho® ride control products, DynoMax® exhaust products and Walker Ultra® catalytic converters, and in European markets, Walker and Aluminox Protm mufflers. Further, we introduced Monroe Springstm and Monroe Magnumtm (bus and truck shock line) in Europe and in 2006 Monroe Dynamics® and Monroe Ceramics® brake pads in the United States. We continue to explore other opportunities for developing new product lines that bear our existing, well-known brands.
 
We strive to gain market share in the aftermarket business by adding new product offerings and increasing our market coverage of existing brands and products. To this end, we now offer an innovative, ride control product, the Quick-Strut®, that combines the spring and the upper mount into a single, complete module and simplifies and shortens the installation process, eliminating the need for the special tools and skills required previously. We plan on adapting our products further for use in Japanese and Korean vehicles. We benefited from the consolidation of, and regional expansion by, our customers and gained business lost by competitors that encountered financial difficulties.
 
Our success in the aftermarket business strengthens our competitive position with OEMs. We gain timely market and product knowledge that can be used to modify and enhance our original equipment offerings for greater customer acceptance.
 
Execute Focused Transactions
 
In the past , we have successfully identified and capitalized on strategic acquisitions and alliances to achieve growth. Through these acquisitions and alliances, we have (1) expanded our product portfolio with complementary technologies; (2) realized incremental business from existing customers; (3) gained access to new customers; and (4) achieved leadership positions in geographic markets outside North America.
 
We developed a strategic alliance with Futaba, a leading exhaust manufacturer in Japan. We also created an alliance with Hitachi (as successor to Tokico Ltd. following its acquisition of Tokico), a leading Japanese ride control manufacturer. These alliances help us grow our business with Japan-based OEMs by leveraging the geographical reach of each partner to serve global vehicle platforms of these OEMs.
 
We positioned ourselves as a leading exhaust supplier in the rapidly growing Chinese market through majority-owned joint venture operations in Dalian and Shanghai. In June of 2009, we formed a joint venture with Beijing Hainachuan Automotive Parts Company Limited in Beijing that will produce emission-control exhaust systems for Hyundai. In addition, we continue to serve North American and European OEMs located in China; we supply luxury cars produced by BMW and Audi through our joint venture with Eberspächer International GmbH, and we supply various Ford platforms through our joint venture with Chengdu Lingchuan Mechanical Plant. We established a local engineering center in Shanghai to develop automotive exhaust products when our joint venture with Shanghai Tractor and Engine Company, a subsidiary of Shanghai Automotive Industry Corp., was expanded. Also, we increased our stake from 60 percent to 80 percent in Tenneco Tongtai Exhaust Company Limited located in Dalian in January 2010.
 
In September 2007, we bought the mobile emissions business of Combustion Components Associates, Inc., a manufacturer of air pollution control technologies. The acquisition augmented Tenneco’s system integration capabilities and offerings related to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) technologies designed to meet future, more stringent diesel emissions regulations for passenger cars, trucks, and other vehicles.


18


Table of Contents

In May 2008, we acquired from Delphi Automotive System LLC certain ride control assets at Delphi’s Kettering, Ohio facility to allow us to grow our OE ride control business globally. This acquisition allowed us to diversify our ride control business in North America and elsewhere.
 
In September 2008, we purchased the suspension business of Gruppo Marzocchi, an Italy-based worldwide supplier of suspension technology for the two-wheeler market. This acquisition helped to expand our business beyond light vehicles and brings us strong brands, leading products and advanced technology capabilities.
 
In February 2009, we signed a joint development agreement with GE Transportation, a unit of General Electric Company, to develop a proprietary SCR and aftertreatment technology designed to reduce and control diesel engine emissions for various transportation and other applications. We are collaborating with GE Transportation on the development and production of GE’s Hydrocarbon-Selective Catalytic Reduction catalyst technology (HC-SCR), a diesel aftertreatment innovation aimed at reducing harmful nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions as effectively as urea-based SCR systems. We are working with others on alternative urea SCR technologies, such as solid SCR.
 
We signed exclusive licensing agreements for T.R.U.E. Cleantm, an exhaust aftertreatment technology used for automatic and active regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filters (DPFs), with Woodward Governor Company and for vaporizer technologies with another company. These technologies, which complement our array of existing emissions control products, allow us to provide integrated exhaust aftertreatment systems to commercial vehicle manufacturers and others.
 
We intend to continue to pursue strategic alliances, joint ventures, acquisitions and other transactions that complement or enhance our existing products, technology, systems development efforts, customer base and/or global presence. We will align with companies that have proven products, proprietary technology, advanced research capabilities, broad geographic reach, and/or strong market positions to further strengthen our product leadership, technological edge, international reach and customer relationships.
 
Adapt Cost Structure to Economic Realities
 
We aggressively respond to difficult economic environments, aligning our operations to any resulting reductions in production levels and replacement demand and executing comprehensive restructuring and cost-reduction initiatives. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we launched a global restructuring program that is generating annual savings of about $58 million since fully implemented at the end of 2009. The restructuring program included actions to permanently reduce our fixed cost base and flex our costs, such as:
 
  •  Permanently eliminating 1,100 jobs worldwide, which is in addition to 1,150 jobs previously eliminated in 2008;
 
  •  Closing three North American manufacturing plants and an engineering facility in Australia;
 
  •  Suspending matching contributions to employee 401(k) programs (which we reinstituted in 2010); and
 
  •  Cutting spending on information technology, sales and marketing programs.
 
During 2009, we further flexed our operations to address the market conditions, implementing temporary layoffs of hourly workers at our plants worldwide that are impacted by customers’ plant shutdowns. We announced the closing of another manufacturing facility. In North America, where customer production cuts were the greatest, we also initiated salaried employee furloughs. In Europe, we eliminated all temporary positions and negotiated with various works councils to pursue similar cost reduction efforts including reduced work hours. We instituted cuts in salaries of at least 10 percent for salaried employees effective April 1, 2009, and implemented other actions to control employee costs. As economic and industry-wide conditions improved, we restored salaries to their prior levels effective October 1, 2009, and reinstated the employer matching contributions to the employee 401(k) plans for the year 2010.
 
In addition, we strategically reduced capital expenditures and engineering investments where possible without compromising our long-term growth prospects. We eliminated or postponed regional expansion projects, deferred spending tied to delayed customer launches, redeployed assets where feasible, and eliminated all discretionary capital spending. We focused on developing technologies and capabilities tied to business launching within the


19


Table of Contents

next two to three years, making exceptions in instances where the customer agreed to pay upfront for engineering and advance technology developments for programs launching in 2012 and beyond. In this way, we were able to continue all programs critical to our growth while limiting any near-term cash impact.
 
We are also focusing on generating cash flow through working capital improvements, particularly by reducing inventories and strengthening our management of payables and receivables.
 
Strengthen Operational Excellence
 
We will continue to focus on operational excellence by optimizing our manufacturing footprint, enhancing our Six Sigma processes and Lean productivity tools, developing further our engineering capabilities, managing the complexities of our global supply chain to realize purchasing economies of scale while satisfying diverse and global requirements, and supporting our businesses with robust information technology systems. We will make investments in our operations and infrastructure as required to achieve our strategic goals. We will be mindful of the changing market conditions that might necessitate adjustments to our resources and manufacturing capacity around the world. We will remain committed to protecting the environment as well as the health and safety of our employees.
 
Environmental Matters
 
We estimate that we and our subsidiaries will make expenditures for plant, property and equipment for environmental matters of approximately $3 million in 2010 and $2 million in 2011.
 
For additional information regarding environmental matters, see Item 3, “Legal Proceedings,” Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Environmental and Other Matters,” Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. included in Item 8.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately 21,000 employees of which approximately 49 percent were covered by collective bargaining agreements. European works councils cover 21 percent of our total employees, a majority of whom are also included under collective bargaining agreements. Several of our existing labor agreements in the United States and Mexico are scheduled for renegotiation in 2010. In addition, agreements are expiring in 2010 in Europe and South America covering plants in Spain, Germany, Portugal and Argentina. We regard our employee relations as satisfactory.
 
Other
 
The principal raw material that we use is steel. We obtain steel from a number of sources pursuant to various contractual and other arrangements. We believe that an adequate supply of steel can presently be obtained from a number of different domestic and foreign suppliers. From 2004 through 2008, we experienced higher steel prices which we have addressed by evaluating alternative materials and processes, reviewing material substitution opportunities, increasing component and assembly outsourcing to low cost countries and aggressively negotiating with our customers to allow us to recover these higher costs from them. While the recent global economic crisis has reduced the pressure on raw material prices, market prices remain volatile and we may face increased prices in the future.
 
We hold a number of domestic and foreign patents and trademarks relating to our products and businesses. We manufacture and distribute our products primarily under the Walker® and Monroe® brand names, which are well-recognized in the marketplace and are registered trademarks. The patents, trademarks and other intellectual property owned by or licensed to us are important in the manufacturing, marketing and distribution of our products.


20


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS.
 
The recent global economic crisis severely and negatively affected the automotive industry and our business, financial position and liquidity and future deterioration or prolonged difficulty in economic conditions could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial position and liquidity.
 
The economic crisis in 2008 and 2009 arising out of the subprime mortgage market collapse and the resulting worldwide financial industry turmoil resulted in a severe and global tightening of credit and a liquidity crisis. As a result, nearly every major economy in the world faced a widespread reduction of business activity, seized-up credit markets and rising unemployment. These conditions led to a low consumer confidence, which resulted in delayed and reduced purchases of durable consumer goods such as automobiles. As a result, our OEM customers significantly reduced their production schedules. Light vehicle production during 2009 decreased by 32 percent in North America and 20 percent in Europe as compared to 2008. These unprecedented conditions had a severe and negative impact on our business and financial position and vehicle production remains at its lowest level in decades. Although we believe that 2010 production in North America and Europe will increase over 2009, we cannot assure you of this. Accordingly, we remain cautious.
 
We face several risks relating to difficult economic conditions, including the following:
 
Disruptions in the financial markets may adversely impact the availability and cost of credit which could materially and negatively affect our company.  The recent global financial crisis materially and negatively impacted our business and our customers’ businesses in the U.S. and globally. Longer term disruptions in the capital and credit markets could further adversely affect our customers’ and our ability to access the liquidity that is necessary to fund operations on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. The recent global economic crisis also negatively impacted consumer spending patterns in the automotive industry. During periods of economic difficulty, purchases of our customers’ products may be limited by their customers’ inability to obtain adequate financing for such purchases. In addition, as our customers and suppliers respond to rapidly changing consumer preferences, they may require access to additional capital. If that capital is not available or its cost is prohibitively high, their businesses would be negatively impacted which could result in further restructuring or even reorganization under bankruptcy laws. Any such negative impact, in turn, could materially and negatively affect our company either through loss of sales to any of our customers so affected or through inability to meet our commitments (or inability to meet them without excess expense) because of loss of supplies from any of our suppliers so affected.
 
Financial or other difficulties facing other automotive companies may have a material and adverse impact on us.  Over the last several years, a number of companies in the automotive industry have been facing severe financial difficulties. GM, Ford and Chrysler undertook significant restructuring actions in an effort to improve profitability and remain solvent. The North American automotive manufacturers were burdened with substantial structural and embedded costs, such as facility overhead as well as pension and healthcare costs, that led GM and Chrysler to reorganize under bankruptcy protection in 2009. Automakers in other markets in the world also have been experiencing difficulties from a weakened economy, tightening credit markets and reduced demand for their products. The automotive supply base in turn has also been faced with severe cash flow problems as a result of the significantly lower production levels of light vehicles, increases in certain costs and restricted access to additional liquidity through the credit markets. Several suppliers have filed for bankruptcy protection or ceased operations.
 
Severe financial or other difficulties, including bankruptcy, of any automotive manufacturer or significant automotive supplier could have a significant disruptive effect on the entire automotive industry, leading to supply chain disruptions and labor unrest, among other things. For example, if a parts supplier were to cease operations, it could force the automotive manufacturers to whom the supplier provides parts to shut down their operations. This, in turn, could force other suppliers, including us, to shut down production at plants that are producing products for these automotive manufacturers. Severe financial or other difficulties at any of our major suppliers could have a material adverse effect on us if we are unable to obtain on a timely basis on similar economic terms the quantity and quality of components we require to produce our products. While the difficulties facing our customers and suppliers over the last two years have been primarily financial in nature,


21


Table of Contents

other difficulties, such as an inability to meet increased demand as the economy recovers, could also result in supply chain and other disruptions.
 
Financial or other difficulties at any of our major customers could have a material adverse impact on us if such customer were unable to pay for the products we provide or we experience a loss of, or material reduction in, business from such customer. In connection with the 2009 bankruptcies of GM and Chrysler, we collected substantially all of our pre-petition receivables and the reorganized GM and Chrysler assumed substantially all of the pre-petition contracts we had with them. However, further financial difficulties at any of our major customers (including Chrysler or GM, as reorganized) could have a material adverse impact on us, including as a result of lost revenues, significant write offs of accounts receivable, significant impairment charges or additional restructurings beyond our current global plans. In addition, a bankruptcy filing by one of our other large customers could result in a default under our U.S. securitization agreement. Our inability to collect receivables in a timely manner or to sell receivables under our U.S. securitization program may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.
 
Our failure to comply with the covenants contained in our senior credit facility or the indentures for our other debt instruments, including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and our financial condition.  Our senior credit facility and receivables securitization program in the U.S. require us to maintain certain financial ratios. Our senior credit facility and our other debt instruments require us to comply with various operational and other covenants. If there were an event of default under any of our debt instruments that was not cured or waived, the holders of the defaulted debt could cause all amounts outstanding with respect to that debt to be due and payable immediately. We cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments, either upon maturity or if accelerated, upon an event of default, or that we would be able to refinance or restructure the payments on those debt instruments.
 
For example, in February 2009, we sought an amendment to our senior credit facility to revise the financial ratios we are required to maintain thereunder. The revised financial ratios were based on a set of projections that we shared with our lenders. If, in the future, we are required to obtain similar amendments as a result of our inability to meet the financial ratios in those projections, there can be no assurance that those amendments will be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If, as or when required, we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness under our senior credit facility, or amend the covenants contained therein, the lenders under our senior credit facility could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets. Under such circumstances, we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. In addition, any event of default or declaration of acceleration under one of our debt instruments could also result in an event of default under one or more of our other financing agreements, including our other debt instruments and/or the agreements under which we sell certain of our accounts receivable. This would have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial position and results of operations.
 
Our working capital requirements may negatively affect our liquidity and capital resources.  Our working capital requirements can vary significantly, depending in part on the level, variability and timing of our customers’ worldwide vehicle production and the payment terms with our customers and suppliers. Our liquidity could also be adversely impacted if our suppliers were to suspend normal trade credit terms and require payment in advance or payment on delivery of purchases. If our working capital needs exceed our cash flows from operations, we would look to our cash balances and availability for borrowings under our borrowing arrangements to satisfy those needs, as well as potential sources of additional capital, which may not be available on satisfactory terms and in adequate amounts, if at all.
 
Any further continuation of the global economic downturn or other factors that reduce consumer demand for our products or reduce prices could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.  Demand for and pricing of our products are subject to economic conditions and other factors present in the various domestic and international markets where the products are sold. Demand for our OE products is subject to the level of consumer demand for new vehicles that are equipped with our parts. The level of new light vehicle purchases is cyclical, affected by such factors as general economic conditions,


22


Table of Contents

interest rates, consumer confidence, patterns of consumer spending, fuel cost and the automobile replacement cycle. Consumer preferences also impact the level of new light vehicle purchases. For example, if increasing consumer awareness of climate change issues causes consumers to increasingly prefer electric vehicles, demand for the vehicles equipped with our products would decrease.
 
As described above, the recent unprecedented deterioration in the global economy, global credit markets and the financial services industry has negatively impacted our operations, including by leading to a rapid decline in light vehicle purchases. In 2009, North American light vehicle production decreased 32 percent from 2008. During 2009, European production declined 20 percent as compared to 2008. In addition, significant increases in gasoline prices in the United States, starting in the first half of 2008, accelerated the shift in the North American market away from light trucks, which tend to be higher margin products for OEMs and suppliers, to more fuel-efficient passenger cars. During 2009, SUV and pick-up truck business accounted for 55 percent of our North American OE revenues, relatively unchanged from 54 percent in 2008. A further decline in automotive sales and production would likely cause a decline in our sales to vehicle manufacturers, and would likely result in a decline in our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Demand for our aftermarket, or replacement, products varies based upon such factors as general economic conditions, the level of new vehicle purchases, which initially displaces demand for aftermarket products, the severity of winter weather, which increases the demand for certain aftermarket products, and other factors, including the average useful life of parts and number of miles driven.
 
The highly cyclical nature of the automotive industry presents a risk that is outside our control and that cannot be accurately predicted. For example, we cannot assure you that difficult economic conditions will not continue into 2010 or that we would be able to maintain or improve our results of operations in a stagnant or extended recessionary economic environment. Further decreases in demand for automobiles and automotive products generally, or in the demand for our products in particular, could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our level of debt makes us more sensitive to the effects of economic dowturns; our level of debt and provisions in our debt agreements could limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry.  Our level of debt makes us more vulnerable to changes in our results of operations because a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations is dedicated to servicing our debt and is not available for other purposes. Our level of debt could have other negative consequences to us, including the following:
 
  •  limiting our ability to borrow money or sell stock for our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our operations, our business or the industry in which we compete;
 
  •  our leverage may place us at a competitive disadvantage by limiting our ability to invest in the business or in further research and development;
 
  •  making us more vulnerable to downturns in our business or the economy; and
 
  •  there would be a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition if we were unable to service our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, as needed.
 
Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service and working capital requirements, we may need to seek additional financing or sell assets. This may make it more difficult for us to obtain financing on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Without any such financing, we could be forced to sell assets to make up for any shortfall in our payment obligations under unfavorable circumstances. During periods of economic difficulty, conditions for asset sales may be very difficult due to tight credit conditions and other factors. In addition, our debt agreements contain covenants which limit our ability to sell assets and also restrict the use of proceeds from any asset sale. Moreover, our senior credit facility is secured on a first priority basis by, among other things, substantially all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ tangible and


23


Table of Contents

intangible domestic assets. If necessary, we may not be able to sell assets quickly enough or for sufficient amounts to enable us to meet our obligations.
 
In addition, our senior credit facility and our other debt agreements contain other restrictive covenants that limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and our industry, including limitations on incurring additional indebtedness, making investments, granting liens and merging or consolidating with other companies. Our senior credit facility also requires us to maintain certain financial ratios. Complying with these restrictive covenants and financial ratios may impair our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or to engage in other favorable business activities.
 
We are dependent on large customers for future revenue. The loss of any of these customers or the loss of market share by these customers could have a material adverse impact on us.
 
We depend on major vehicle manufacturers for a substantial portion of our net sales. For example, during fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, GM and Ford accounted for 16 percent and 14 percent of our net sales, respectively. The loss of all or a substantial portion of our sales to any of our large-volume customers could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations by reducing cash flows and our ability to spread costs over a larger revenue base. We may make fewer sales to these customers for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to: (1) loss of awarded business; (2) reduced or delayed customer requirements; (3) strikes or other work stoppages affecting production by the customers; or (4) reduced demand for our customers’ products. See the risk factor “Financial difficulties facing other automotive companies may have a material and adverse impact on us”.
 
During the past several years, GM and Ford have lost market share particularly in the United States, primarily to Asian competitors. While we are actively targeting Japanese, Chinese and Korean automakers, any further market share loss by these North American-based and European-based automakers could, if we are unable to achieve increased sales to the Asian OE manufacturers, have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We may be unable to realize sales represented by our awarded business, which could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The realization of future sales from awarded business is inherently subject to a number of important risks and uncertainties, including the number of vehicles that our OE customers will actually produce, the timing of that production and the mix of options that our OE customers and consumers may choose. Prior to 2008, substantially all of our North American vehicle manufacturing customers had slowed or maintained at relatively flat levels new vehicle production for several years. More recently, new vehicle production has decreased dramatically as a result of the recent global economic crisis. In addition, our customers generally have the right to replace us with another supplier at any time for a variety of reasons and have demanded price decreases over the life of awarded business. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will in fact realize any or all of the future sales represented by our awarded business. Any failure to realize these sales could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity.
 
In many cases, we must commit substantial resources in preparation for production under awarded OE business well in advance of the customer’s production start date. In certain instances, the terms of our OE customer arrangements permit us to recover these pre-production costs if the customer cancels the business through no fault of our company. Although we have been successful in recovering these costs under appropriate circumstances in the past, we can give no assurance that our results of operations will not be materially impacted in the future if we are unable to recover these types of pre-production costs related to OE cancellation of awarded business.
 
The hourly workforce in the automotive industry is highly unionized and our business could be adversely affected by labor disruptions.
 
Although we consider our current relations with our employees to be satisfactory, if major work disruptions were to occur, our business could be adversely affected by, for instance, a loss of revenues,


24


Table of Contents

increased costs or reduced profitability. We have not experienced a material labor disruption in our workforce in the last ten years, but there can be no assurance that we will not experience a material labor disruption at one of our facilities in the future in the course of renegotiation of our labor arrangements or otherwise. In addition, substantially all of the hourly employees of North American vehicle manufacturers and many of their other suppliers are represented by the United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America under collective bargaining agreements. Vehicle manufacturers and such suppliers and their employees in other countries are also subject to labor agreements. A work stoppage or strike at our production facilities, at those of a significant customer, or at a significant supplier of ours or any of our customers, such as the 2008 strike at American Axle which resulted in 30 GM facilities in North America being idled for several months, could have an adverse impact on us by disrupting demand for our products and/or our ability to manufacture our products.
 
In the past, we have experienced significant increases in raw materials pricing; and future changes in the prices of raw materials or utilities could have a material adverse impact on us.
 
Significant increases in the cost of certain raw materials used in our products or the cost of utilities required to produce our products, to the extent they are not timely reflected in the price we charge our customers or are otherwise mitigated, could materially and adversely impact our results. For example, from 2004 through 2008, we experienced significant increases in processed metal and steel prices. We addressed these increases by evaluating alternative materials and processes, reviewing material substitution opportunities, increasing component and assembly outsourcing to low cost countries and aggressively negotiating with our customers to allow us to recover these higher costs from them. In addition to these actions, we continue to pursue productivity initiatives and review opportunities to reduce costs through restructuring activities. We cannot assure you that we will not face increased prices in the future or, if we do, whether these actions will be effective in containing margin pressures from any further raw material or utility price increases.
 
We may be unable to realize our business strategy of improving operating performance, growing our business and generating savings and improvements.
 
We regularly implement strategic and other initiatives designed to improve our operating performance and grow our business. The failure to achieve the goals of these initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our business, particularly since we rely on these initiatives to offset pricing pressures from our suppliers and our customers, as described above, as well as to manage the impacts of production cuts such as the significant production decreases we are experiencing as a result of the recent global economic crisis. Furthermore, the terms of our senior credit facility may restrict the types of initiatives we undertake, as these agreements restrict our uses of cash, certain of these agreements require us to maintain financial ratios and otherwise prohibit us from undertaking certain activities. In the past we have been successful in obtaining the consent of our senior lenders where appropriate in connection with our initiatives. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to pursue, successfully implement or realize the expected benefits of any initiative or that we will be able to sustain improvements made to date.
 
In addition, we believe that increasingly stringent environmental standards for emissions have presented and will continue to present an important opportunity for us to grow our emissions control business. We cannot assure you, however, that environmental standards for emissions will continue to become more stringent or that the adoption of any new standards will not be delayed beyond our expectations.
 
We may incur material costs related to product warranties, environmental and regulatory matters and other claims, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
From time to time, we receive product warranty claims from our customers, pursuant to which we may be required to bear costs of repair or replacement of certain of our products. Vehicle manufacturers are increasingly requiring their outside suppliers to guarantee or warrant their products and to be responsible for the operation of these component products in new vehicles sold to consumers. Warranty claims may range from individual customer claims to full recalls of all products in the field. We cannot assure you that costs associated with providing product warranties will not be material, or that those costs will not exceed any


25


Table of Contents

amounts reserved in our consolidated financial statements. For a description of our accounting policies regarding warranty reserves, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies” included in Item 7.
 
We are subject to extensive government regulations worldwide. Foreign, Federal, state and local laws and regulations may change from time to time and our compliance with new or amended laws and regulations in the future may require a material increase in our costs and could adversely affect our results of operations and competitive position. For example, we are subject to a variety of environmental and pollution control laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which we operate. Soil and groundwater remediation activities are being conducted at certain of our current and former real properties. We record liabilities for these activities when environmental assessments indicate that the remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. On this basis, we have established reserves that we believe are adequate for the remediation activities at our current and former real properties for which we could be held responsible. Although we believe our estimates of remediation costs are reasonable and are based on the latest available information, the cleanup costs are estimates and are subject to revision as more information becomes available about the extent of remediation required. In future periods, we could be subject to cash or non-cash charges to earnings if we are required to undertake material additional remediation efforts based on the results of our ongoing analyses of the environmental status of our properties, as more information becomes available to us.
 
We also from time to time are involved in legal proceedings, claims or investigations that are incidental to the conduct of our business. Some of these proceedings allege damages against us relating to environmental liabilities, intellectual property matters, personal injury claims, taxes, employment matters or commercial or contractual disputes. For example, we are subject to a number of lawsuits initiated by a significant number of claimants alleging health problems as a result of exposure to asbestos. Many of these cases involve significant numbers of individual claimants. Many of these cases also involve numerous defendants, with the number of defendants in some cases exceeding 100 defendants from a variety of industries. As major asbestos manufacturers or other companies that used asbestos in their manufacturing processes continue to go out of business, we may experience an increased number of these claims.
 
We vigorously defend ourselves in connection with all of the matters described above. We cannot, however, assure you that the costs, charges and liabilities associated with these matters will not be material, or that those costs, charges and liabilities will not exceed any amounts reserved for them in our consolidated financial statements. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved unfavorably to us. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Environmental and Other Matters” included in Item 7.
 
We may have difficulty competing favorably in the highly competitive automotive parts industry.
 
The automotive parts industry is highly competitive. Although the overall number of competitors has decreased due to ongoing industry consolidation, we face significant competition within each of our major product areas, including from new competitors entering the markets which we serve. The principal competitive factors include price, quality, service, product performance, design and engineering capabilities, new product innovation, global presence and timely delivery. As a result, many suppliers have established or are establishing themselves in emerging, low-cost markets to reduce their costs of production and be more conveniently located for customers. Although we are also pursuing a low-cost country production strategy and otherwise continue to seek process improvements to reduce costs, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to compete favorably in this competitive market or that increased competition will not have a material adverse effect on our business by reducing our ability to increase or maintain sales or profit margins.
 
The decreasing number of automotive parts customers and suppliers could make it more difficult for us to compete favorably.
 
Our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected because the customer base for automotive parts is decreasing in both the original equipment market and aftermarket. As a result, we are competing for business from fewer customers. Due to the cost focus of these major customers, we have been,


26


Table of Contents

and expect to continue to be, requested to reduce prices as part of our initial business quotations and over the life of vehicle platforms we have been awarded. We cannot be certain that we will be able to generate cost savings and operational improvements in the future that are sufficient to offset price reductions requested by existing customers and necessary to win additional business.
 
Furthermore, the trend toward consolidation and bankruptcies among automotive parts suppliers is resulting in fewer, larger suppliers who benefit from purchasing and distribution economies of scale. If we cannot achieve cost savings and operational improvements sufficient to allow us to compete favorably in the future with these larger companies, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected due to a reduction of, or inability to increase, sales.
 
We may not be able to successfully respond to the changing distribution channels for aftermarket products.
 
Major automotive aftermarket retailers, such as AutoZone and Advance Auto Parts, are attempting to increase their commercial sales by selling directly to automotive parts installers in addition to individual consumers. These installers have historically purchased from their local warehouse distributors and jobbers, who are our more traditional customers. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain or increase aftermarket sales through increasing our sales to retailers. Furthermore, because of the cost focus of major retailers, we have occasionally been requested to offer price concessions to them. Our failure to maintain or increase aftermarket sales, or to offset the impact of any reduced sales or pricing through cost improvements, could have an adverse impact on our business and operating results.
 
Longer product lives of automotive parts are adversely affecting aftermarket demand for some of our products.
 
The average useful life of automotive parts has steadily increased in recent years due to innovations in products and technologies. The longer product lives allow vehicle owners to replace parts of their vehicles less often. As a result, a portion of sales in the aftermarket has been displaced. This has adversely impacted, and could continue to adversely impact, our aftermarket sales. Also, any additional increases in the average useful lives of automotive parts would further adversely affect the demand for our aftermarket products. Recently, we have experienced relative stabilization in our aftermarket business due to our ability to win new customers and recover steel price increases through selling price increases. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain this stabilization. Aftermarket sales represented approximately 22 percent and 19 percent of our net sales in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Assertions against us or our customers relating to intellectual property rights could materially impact our business.
 
We and others in our industry hold a number of patents and other intellectual property rights that are critical to our respective businesses. On occasion, third parties may assert claims against us and our customers and distributors alleging our products or technology infringe upon third-party intellectual property rights. Similarly, we may assert claims against third-parties who are taking actions that we believe are infringing on our intellectual property rights. These claims, regardless of their merit or resolution, are frequently costly to prosecute, defend or settle and divert the efforts and attention of our management and employees. Claims of this sort also could harm our relationships with our customers and might deter future customers from doing business with us. If any such claim were to result in an adverse outcome, we could be required to take actions which may include: cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products; pay substantial damages to third parties, including to customers to compensate them for their discontinued use or replace infringing technology with non-infringing technology; or expend significant resources to develop or license non-infringing products. Any of the foregoing results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


27


Table of Contents

Any acquisitions we make could disrupt our business and seriously harm our financial condition.
 
We may, from time to time, consider acquisitions of complementary companies, products or technologies. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of the acquired businesses, the diversion of our management’s attention from other business concerns and potential adverse effects on existing business relationships with current customers and suppliers. In addition, any acquisitions could involve the incurrence of substantial additional indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate any acquisitions that we pursue or that such acquisitions will perform as planned or prove to be beneficial to our operations and cash flow. Any such failure could seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are subject to risks related to our international operations.
 
We have manufacturing and distribution facilities in many regions and countries, including Australia, China, India, North America, Europe and South America, and sell our products worldwide. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, approximately 55 percent of our net sales were derived from operations outside North America. International operations are subject to various risks which could have a material adverse effect on those operations or our business as a whole, including:
 
  •  exposure to local economic conditions;
 
  •  exposure to local political conditions, including the risk of seizure of assets by a foreign government;
 
  •  exposure to local social unrest, including any resultant acts of war, terrorism or similar events;
 
  •  exposure to local public health issues and the resultant impact on economic and political conditions;
 
  •  currency exchange rate fluctuations;
 
  •  hyperinflation in certain foreign countries;
 
  •  controls on the repatriation of cash, including imposition or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries; and
 
  •  export and import restrictions.
 
Exchange rate fluctuations could cause a decline in our financial condition and results of operations.
 
As a result of our international operations, we are subject to increased risk because we generate a significant portion of our net sales and incur a significant portion of our expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. For example, where we have significantly more costs than revenues generated in a foreign currency, we are subject to risk if the foreign currency in which our costs are paid appreciates against the currency in which we generate revenue because the appreciation effectively increases our cost in that country.
 
The financial condition and results of operations of some of our operating entities are reported in foreign currencies and then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rate for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements. As a result, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies generally will have a negative impact on our reported revenues and operating profit while depreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies will generally have a positive effect on reported revenues and operating profit. For example, our European operations were positively impacted in 2007 due to the strengthening of the Euro against the U.S. dollar. However, in 2008, the dollar strengthened against the Euro which had a negative effect on our results of operations. Our South American operations were negatively impacted by the devaluation in 2000 of the Brazilian currency as well as by the devaluation of the Argentine currency in 2002. We do not generally seek to mitigate this translation effect through the use of derivative financial instruments. To the extent we are unable to match revenues received in foreign currencies with costs paid in the same currency, exchange rate fluctuations in that currency could have a material adverse effect on our business.


28


Table of Contents

Entering new markets poses new competitive threats and commercial risks.
 
As we have expanded into markets beyond light vehicles, we expect to diversify our product sales by leveraging technologies being developed for the light vehicle segment. Such diversification requires investments and resources which may not be available as needed. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in leveraging our capabilities into new markets and thus, in meeting the needs of these new customers and competing favorably in these new markets. If those customers experience reduced demand for their products or financial difficulties, our future prospects will be negatively affected as well.
 
Impairment in the carrying value of long-lived assets and goodwill could negatively affect our operating results.
 
We have a significant amount of long-lived assets and goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet. Under generally accepted accounting principles, long-lived assets, excluding goodwill, are required to be reviewed for impairment whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate a possible impairment. If business conditions or other factors cause profitability and cash flows to decline, we may be required to record non-cash impairment charges. Goodwill must be evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events indicate it is warranted. If the carrying value of our reporting units exceeds their current fair value as determined based on the discounted future cash flows of the related business, the goodwill is considered impaired and is reduced to fair value by a non-cash charge to earnings. Events and conditions that could result in impairment in the value of our long-lived assets and goodwill include changes in the industries in which we operate, particularly the impact of the current downturn in the global economy, as well as competition and advances in technology, adverse changes in the regulatory environment, or other factors leading to reduction in expected long-term sales or profitability. For example, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, we were required to record a $114 million asset impairment charge to write-off the remaining goodwill related to our 1996 acquisition of Clevite Industries.
 
The value of our deferred tax assets could become impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.
 
As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately $63 million in net deferred tax assets. These deferred tax assets include net operating loss carryovers that can be used to offset taxable income in future periods and reduce income taxes payable in those future periods. We periodically determine the probability of the realization of deferred tax assets, using significant judgments and estimates with respect to, among other things, historical operating results, expectations of future earnings and tax planning strategies. For example, we were required to record charges during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 for a valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets. These charges were attributable to the significant decline in production which resulted from the recent global economic crisis and the accounting requirement to project that the current negative operating environment will continue through the expiration of the net operating loss carry-forward periods. If we determine in the future that there is not sufficient positive evidence to support the valuation of these assets, due to the risk factors described herein or other factors, we may be required to further adjust the valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets. Such a reduction could result in material non-cash expenses in the period in which the valuation allowance is adjusted and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
Our expected annual effective tax rate could be volatile and materially change as a result of changes in mix of earnings and other factors.
 
Our overall effective tax rate is equal to our total tax expense as a percentage of our total profit or loss before tax. However, tax expenses and benefits are determined separately for each tax paying entity or group of entities that is consolidated for tax purposes in each jurisdiction. Losses in certain jurisdictions may provide no current financial statement tax benefit. As a result, changes in the mix of projected profits and losses between jurisdictions, among other factors, could have a significant impact on our overall effective tax rate.


29


Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
 
None.
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES.
 
We lease our principal executive offices, which are located at 500 North Field Drive, Lake Forest, Illinois, 60045.
 
Walker’s consolidated businesses operate 11 manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and 43 manufacturing facilities outside of the U.S., operate five engineering and technical facilities worldwide and share two other such facilities with Monroe. Twenty-six of these manufacturing plants are JIT facilities. In addition, three joint ventures in which we hold a noncontrolling interest operate a total of three manufacturing facilities outside the U.S., two of which are JIT facilities.
 
Monroe’s consolidated businesses operate seven manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and 23 manufacturing facilities outside the U.S., operate seven engineering and technical facilities worldwide and share two other such facilities with Walker. Three of these manufacturing plants are JIT facilities.
 
The above-described manufacturing locations outside of the U.S. are located in Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, the Czech Republic, France, Germany, India, Italy, Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Spain, South Africa, Sweden, Thailand and the United Kingdom. We also have sales offices located in Algeria, Croatia, Greece, Hungary, Japan, Lithuania, Singapore, Taiwan, Turkey and the Ukraine.
 
We own approximately one-half of the properties described above and lease the other half. We hold 16 of the above-described international manufacturing facilities through seven joint ventures in which we own a controlling interest. In addition, three joint ventures in which we hold a noncontrolling interest operate a total of three manufacturing facilities outside the U.S. We also have distribution facilities at our manufacturing sites and at a few offsite locations, substantially all of which we lease.
 
We believe that substantially all of our plants and equipment are, in general, well maintained and in good operating condition. They are considered adequate for present needs and, as supplemented by planned construction, are expected to remain adequate for the near future.
 
We also believe that we have generally satisfactory title to the properties owned and used in our respective businesses.
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
 
We are subject to a variety of environmental and pollution control laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which we operate. We expense or capitalize, as appropriate, expenditures for ongoing compliance with environmental regulations that relate to current operations. We expense costs related to an existing condition caused by past operations that do not contribute to current or future revenue generation. We record liabilities when environmental assessments indicate that remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Estimates of the liability are based upon currently available facts, existing technology, and presently enacted laws and regulations taking into consideration the likely effects of inflation and other societal and economic factors. We consider all available evidence including prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites, other companies’ cleanup experiences and data released by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or other organizations. These estimated liabilities are subject to revision in future periods based on actual costs or new information. Where future cash flows are fixed or reliably determinable, we have discounted the liabilities. All other environmental liabilities are recorded at their undiscounted amounts. We evaluate recoveries separately from the liability and, when they are assured, recoveries are recorded and reported separately from the associated liability in our consolidated financial statements.
 
As of December 31, 2009, we have the obligation to remediate or contribute towards the remediation of certain sites, including two existing Superfund sites. At December 31, 2009, our estimated share of environmental remediation costs at these sites was approximately $16 million, on a discounted basis. The undiscounted value


30


Table of Contents

of the estimated remediation costs was $23 million. For those locations in which the liability was discounted, the weighted average discount rate used was 3.6 percent. Based on information known to us, we have established reserves that we believe are adequate for these costs. Although we believe these estimates of remediation costs are reasonable and are based on the latest available information, the costs are estimates and are subject to revision as more information becomes available about the extent of remediation required. At some sites, we expect that other parties will contribute towards the remediation costs. In addition, certain environmental statutes provide that our liability could be joint and several, meaning that we could be required to pay in excess of our share of remediation costs. Our understanding of the financial strength of other potentially responsible parties at these sites has been considered, where appropriate, in our determination of our estimated liability.
 
The $16 million noted above includes $5 million of estimated environmental remediation costs that resulted from the bankruptcy of Mark IV Industries in 2009. Prior to our 1996 acquisition of The Pullman Company, Pullman had sold certain assets to Mark IV. As partial consideration for the purchase of these assets, Mark IV agreed to assume Pullman’s and its subsidiaries’ historical obligations to contribute to the environmental remediation of certain sites. Mark IV has filed a petition for insolvency under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code and notified Pullman that it no longer intends to continue to contribute toward the remediation of those sites. We are conducting a thorough analysis and review of these matters and it is possible that our estimate may change as additional information becomes available to us.
 
We do not believe that any potential costs associated with our current status as a potentially responsible party in the Superfund sites, or as a liable party at the other locations referenced herein, will be material to our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
We also from time to time are involved in legal proceedings, claims or investigations that are incidental to the conduct of our business. Some of these proceedings allege damages against us relating to environmental liabilities (including toxic tort, property damage and remediation), intellectual property matters (including patent, trademark and copyright infringement, and licensing disputes), personal injury claims (including injuries due to product failure, design or warning issues, and other product liability related matters), taxes, employment matters, and commercial or contractual disputes, sometimes related to acquisitions or divestitures. For example, one of our Argentine subsidiaries is currently defending against a criminal complaint alleging the failure to comply with laws requiring the proceeds of export transactions to be collected, reported and/or converted to local currency within specified time periods. As another example, we have recently become subject to an audit in 11 states of our practices with respect to the payment of unclaimed property to those states. We have practices in place designed to ensure that we pay unclaimed property as required. We are in the early stages of this audit, which could cover over 20 years. We vigorously defend ourselves against all of these claims. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved on unfavorable terms. However, although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based on current information, including our assessment of the merits of the particular claim, we do not expect that these legal proceedings or claims will have any material adverse impact on our future consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In addition, we are subject to a number of lawsuits initiated by claimants alleging health problems as a result of exposure to asbestos. In the early 2000’s we were named in nearly 20,000 complaints, most of which were filed in Mississippi state court and the vast majority of which made no allegations of exposure to asbestos from our product categories. Most of these claims have been dismissed and our current docket of active and inactive cases is less than 500 cases nationwide. A small number of claims have been asserted by railroad workers alleging exposure to asbestos products in railroad cars manufactured by The Pullman Company, one of our subsidiaries. The balance of the claims is related to alleged exposure to asbestos in our automotive emission control products. Only a small percentage of the claimants allege that they were automobile mechanics and a significant number appear to involve workers in other industries or otherwise do not include sufficient information to determine whether there is any basis for a claim against us. We believe, based on scientific and other evidence, it is unlikely that mechanics were exposed to asbestos by our former muffler products and that, in any event, they would not be at increased risk of asbestos-related disease based on their work with these products. Further, many of these cases involve numerous defendants, with the number of each in some cases exceeding 100 defendants from a variety of industries. Additionally, the plaintiffs either


31


Table of Contents

do not specify any, or specify the jurisdictional minimum, dollar amount for damages. As major asbestos manufacturers continue to go out of business or file for bankruptcy, we may experience an increased number of these claims. We vigorously defend ourselves against these claims as part of our ordinary course of business. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved unfavorably to us. To date, with respect to claims that have proceeded sufficiently through the judicial process, we have regularly achieved favorable resolution. Accordingly, we presently believe that these asbestos-related claims will not have a material adverse impact on our future consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
 
No matters were submitted to the vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2009.
 
ITEM 4.1.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
 
The following provides information concerning the persons who serve as our executive officers as of February 26, 2010.
 
     
Name (and Age at
   
December 31, 2009)
  Offices Held
 
Gregg M. Sherrill (56)
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Hari N. Nair (49)
  Executive Vice President and President — International
Kenneth R. Trammell (49)
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Neal A. Yanos (47)
  Executive Vice President, North America
Brent J. Bauer (54)
  Senior Vice President and General Manager — North American Original Equipment Emission Control
Michael J. Charlton (51)
  Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain Management and Manufacturing
James D. Harrington (48)
  Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Timothy E. Jackson (52)
  Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
Richard P. Schneider (62)
  Senior Vice President — Global Administration
Paul D. Novas (51)
  Vice President and Controller
 
Gregg M. Sherrill — Mr. Sherrill was named the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Tenneco in January 2007. Mr. Sherrill joined us from Johnson Controls Inc., where he served since 1998, most recently as President, Power Solutions. From 2002 to 2003, Mr. Sherrill served as the Vice President and Managing Director of Europe, South Africa and South America for Johnson Controls’ Automotive Systems Group. Prior to joining Johnson Controls, Mr. Sherrill held various engineering and manufacturing assignments over a 22-year span at Ford Motor Company, including Plant Manager of Ford’s Dearborn, Michigan engine plant, Chief Engineer, Steering Systems and Director of Supplier Technical Assistance. Mr. Sherrill became a director of our company in January 2007.
 
Hari N. Nair — Mr. Nair was named our Executive Vice President and President — International effective March 2007. Previously, Mr. Nair served as Executive Vice President and Managing Director of our business in Europe, South America and India. Before that, he was Senior Vice President and Managing Director — International. Prior to December 2000, Mr. Nair was the Vice President and Managing Director — Emerging Markets. Previously, Mr. Nair was the Managing Director for Tenneco Automotive Asia, based in Singapore and responsible for all operations and development projects in Asia. He began his career with the former Tenneco Inc. in 1987, holding various positions in strategic planning, marketing, business development, quality control and finance. Prior to joining Tenneco, Mr. Nair was a senior financial analyst at General Motors Corporation focusing on European operations. Mr. Nair became a director of our company in March 2009.
 
Kenneth R. Trammell — Mr. Trammell has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2006. Mr. Trammell was named our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in September 2003, having served as our Vice President and Controller since September 1999. From April 1997


32


Table of Contents

to November 1999, he served as Corporate Controller of Tenneco Inc. He joined Tenneco Inc. in May 1996 as Assistant Controller. Before joining Tenneco Inc., Mr. Trammell spent 12 years with the international public accounting firm of Arthur Andersen LLP, last serving as a senior manager.
 
Neal A. Yanos — Mr. Yanos was named Executive Vice President, North America in July 2008. Prior to that, he served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager — North American Original Equipment Ride Control and North American Aftermarket since May 2003. He joined our Monroe ride control division as a process engineer in 1988 and since that time has served in a broad range of assignments including product engineering, strategic planning, business development, finance, program management and marketing, including Director of our North American original equipment GM/VW business unit and most recently as our Vice President and General Manager — North American Original Equipment Ride Control from December 2000. Before joining our company, Mr. Yanos was employed in various engineering positions by Sheller Globe Inc. from 1985 to 1988.
 
Brent J. Bauer — Mr. Bauer joined Tenneco Automotive in August 1996 as a Plant Manager and was named Vice President and General Manager — European Original Equipment Emission Control in September 1999. Mr. Bauer was named Vice President and General Manager — European and North American Original Equipment Emission Control in July 2001. Currently, Mr. Bauer serves as the Senior Vice President and General Manager — North American Original Equipment Emission Control. Prior to joining Tenneco, he was employed at AeroquipVickers Corporation for 20 years in positions of increasing responsibility serving most recently as Director of Operations.
 
Michael J. Charlton — Mr. Charlton has served as our Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain Management and Manufacturing since January 2010. Mr. Charlton served as our Vice President, Global Supply Chain Management and Manufacturing from November 2008 through December 2009. Mr. Charlton served as Tenneco’s Managing Director for India from January 2008 until November 2008. Prior to that, he served as the operations director for the Company’s emission control business in Europe since 2005. Prior to joining Tenneco in 2005, Mr. Charlton held a variety of positions of increasing responsibility at TRW Automotive, the most recent being Lead Director, European Purchasing and Operations for the United Kingdom.
 
James D. Harrington — Mr. Harrington has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since June 2009 and is responsible for managing our worldwide legal affairs including corporate governance and compliance. Mr. Harrington joined us in January 2005 as Corporate Counsel and was named Vice President — Law in July 2007. Prior to joining Tenneco, he worked at Mayer Brown LLP in the firm’s corporate and securities practice.
 
Timothy E. Jackson — Mr. Jackson joined us as Senior Vice President and General Manager — North American Original Equipment and Worldwide Program Management in June 1999. He served in this position until August 2000, at which time he was named Senior Vice President — Global Technology. From 2002 to 2005, Mr. Jackson served as Senior Vice President — Manufacturing, Engineering and Global Technology. In July 2005, Mr. Jackson was named Senior Vice President — Global Technology and General Manager, Asia Pacific. In March 2007, he was named our Chief Technology Officer. Mr. Jackson joined us from ITT Industries where he was President of that company’s Fluid Handling Systems Division. With over 20 years of management experience, 14 within the automotive industry, he was also Chief Executive Officer for HiSAN, a joint venture between ITT Industries and Sanoh Industrial Company. Mr. Jackson has also served in senior management positions at BF Goodrich Aerospace and General Motors Corporation.
 
Richard P. Schneider — Mr. Schneider was named our Senior Vice President — Global Administration in 1999 and is responsible for the development and implementation of human resources programs and policies and employee communications activities for our worldwide operations. Prior to 1999, Mr. Schneider served as our Vice President — Human Resources. He joined us in 1994 from International Paper Company where, during his 20 year tenure, he held key positions in labor relations, management development, personnel administration and equal employment opportunity.
 
Paul D. Novas — Mr. Novas was named our Vice President and Controller in July 2006. Mr. Novas served as Vice President, Finance and Administration for Tenneco Europe from January 2004 until July 2006 and as Vice President and Treasurer of Tenneco from November 1999 until January 2004. Mr. Novas joined Tenneco in


33


Table of Contents

1996 as assistant treasurer responsible for corporate finance and North American treasury operations. Prior to joining Tenneco, Mr. Novas worked in the treasurer’s office of General Motors Corporation for ten years.
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
 
Our outstanding shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, are listed on the New York and Chicago Stock Exchanges. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions Tape.
 
                 
    Sales Prices  
Quarter
  High     Low  
 
2009
               
1st
  $ 4.14     $ 0.67  
2nd
    11.19       1.56  
3rd
    18.11       8.14  
4th
    19.78       11.35  
2008
               
1st
  $ 29.41     $ 20.18  
2nd
    30.41       13.52  
3rd
    16.92       9.58  
4th
    10.63       1.31  
 
As of February 22, 2010, there were approximately 21,015 holders of record of our common stock, including brokers and other nominees.
 
The declaration of dividends on our common stock is at the discretion of our Board of Directors. The Board has not adopted a dividend policy as such; subject to legal and contractual restrictions, its decisions regarding dividends are based on all considerations that in its business judgment are relevant at the time. These considerations may include past and projected earnings, cash flows, economic, business and securities market conditions and anticipated developments concerning our business and operations.
 
We are highly leveraged and restricted with respect to the payment of dividends under the terms of our financing arrangements. On January 10, 2001, we announced that our Board of Directors eliminated the regular quarterly dividend on the Company’s common stock. The Board took this action in response to then-current industry conditions, primarily greater than anticipated production volume reductions by OEMs in North America and continued softness in the global aftermarket. We have not paid dividends on our common stock since the fourth quarter of 2000. There are no current plans to reinstate a dividend on our common stock, as the Board of Directors intends to retain any earnings for use in our business for the foreseeable future. For additional information concerning our payment of dividends, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7.
 
See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” included in Item 12 for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.
 
Purchase of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers
 
We have not purchased any shares of our common stock in the fourth quarter of 2009. We presently have no publicly announced repurchase plan or program, but intend to continue to satisfy statutory minimum tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of outstanding restricted stock through the withholding of shares.
 
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
None.


34


Table of Contents

Share Performance
 
The following graph shows a five year comparison of the cumulative total stockholder return on Tenneco’s common stock as compared to the cumulative total return of two other indexes: a custom composite index (“Peer Group”) and the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index. The companies included in the Peer Group are: ArvinMeritor Inc., American Axle & Manufacturing Co., Borg Warner Inc., Cummins Inc., Johnson Controls Inc., Lear Corp., Magna International Inc. and TRW Automotive Holdings Corp. (beginning in the second quarter of 2004). These comparisons assume an initial investment of $100 and the reinvestment of dividends.
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Tenneco, Inc., The S&P 500 Index
And A Peer Group
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
$100 invested on 12/31/04 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.
 
Copyright© 2010 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.
 
                                                             
      12/31/04     12/31/05     12/31/06     12/31/07     12/31/08     12/31/09
Tenneco Inc 
      100.00         113.75         143.39         151.22         17.11         102.84  
S&P 500
      100.00         104.91         121.48         128.16         80.74         102.11  
Peer Group
      100.00         104.24         121.18         161.42         70.79         122.39  
                                                             
 
The graph and other information furnished in the section titled “Share Performance” under this Part II, Item 5 of this Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “soliciting” material or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


35


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
 
TENNECO INC. AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005(a)  
    (Millions Except Share and Per Share Amounts)  
 
Statements of Income (Loss) Data:
                                       
Net sales and operating revenues —
                                       
North America
  $ 2,099     $ 2,641     $ 2,910     $ 1,963     $ 2,033  
Europe, South America and India
    2,209       2,983       3,135       2,387       2,110  
Asia Pacific
    525       543       560       436       371  
Intergroup sales
    (184 )     (251 )     (421 )     (104 )     (74 )
                                         
    $ 4,649     $ 5,916     $ 6,184     $ 4,682     $ 4,440  
                                         
Income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, and noncontrolling interests
                                       
North America
  $ 42     $ (107 )   $ 120     $ 103     $ 148  
Europe, South America and India
    20       85       99       81       53  
Asia Pacific
    30       19       33       12       16  
                                         
Total
    92       (3 )     252       196       217  
Interest expense (net of interest capitalized)
    133       113       164       136       133  
Income tax expense
    13       289       83       5       26  
                                         
Net income (loss)
    (54 )     (405 )     5       55       58  
                                         
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    19       10       10       6       2  
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to Tenneco, Inc. 
  $ (73 )   $ (415 )   $ (5 )   $ 49     $ 56  
                                         
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding —
                                       
Basic
    48,572,463       46,406,095       45,809,730       44,625,220       43,088,558  
Diluted
    48,572,463       46,406,095       45,809,730       46,755,573       45,321,225  
Basic earnings (loss) per share of common stock
  $ (1.50 )   $ (8.95 )   $ (0.11 )   $ 1.11     $ 1.30  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock
  $ (1.50 )   $ (8.95 )   $ (0.11 )   $ 1.05     $ 1.24  
 


36


Table of Contents

                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (Millions Except Ratio and Percent Amounts)  
 
Balance Sheet Data (at year end):
                                       
Total assets
  $ 2,841     $ 2,828     $ 3,590     $ 3,274     $ 2,945  
Short-term debt
    75       49       46       28       22  
Long-term debt
    1,145       1,402       1,328       1,357       1,361  
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
    7       7       6       4       3  
                                         
Total Tenneco Inc. shareholders’ equity
    (21 )     (251 )     400       226       137  
Noncontrolling interests
    32       24       25       24       21  
                                         
Total equity
    11       (227 )     425       250       158  
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
                                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 241     $ 160     $ 158     $ 203     $ 123  
Net cash used by investing activities
    (119 )     (261 )     (202 )     (172 )     (164 )
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    87       58       (10 )     12       (28 )
Cash payments for plant, property and equipment
    (120 )     (233 )     (177 )     (177 )     (140 )
Other Data:
                                       
EBITDA including noncontrolling interests(a)
  $ 313     $ 219     $ 457     $ 380     $ 394  
Ratio of EBITDA including noncontrolling interests to interest expense
    2.35       1.94       2.79       2.79       2.96  
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA including noncontrolling interests
    3.90       6.63       3.01       3.64       3.51  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(b)
                1.46       1.35       1.55  
 
 
NOTE: Our consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2009, which are discussed in the following notes, are included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.
 
(a) EBITDA including noncontrolling interests is a non-GAAP measure defined as net income before extraordinary items, cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle, interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and noncontrolling interests. We use EBITDA including noncontrolling interests, together with GAAP measures, to evaluate and compare our operating performance on a consistent basis between time periods and with other companies that compete in our markets but which may have different capital structures and tax positions, which can have an impact on the comparability of interest expense, noncontrolling interests and tax expense. We also believe that using this measure allows us to understand and compare operating performance both with and without depreciation expense, which can vary based on several factors. We believe EBITDA including noncontrolling interests is useful to our investors and other parties for these same reasons.
 
EBITDA including noncontrolling interests should not be used as a substitute for net income or for net cash provided by operating activities prepared in accordance with GAAP. It should also be noted that EBITDA including noncontrolling interests may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and, furthermore, that it excludes expenditures for debt financing, taxes and future capital requirements that are essential to our ongoing business operations. For these reasons, EBITDA including noncontrolling interests is of value to management and investors only as a supplement to, and not in lieu of, GAAP results. EBITDA including noncontrolling interests are derived from the statements of income (loss) as follows:
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (Millions)  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (73 )   $ (415 )   $ (5 )   $ 49     $ 56  
Noncontrolling interests
    19       10       10       6       2  
Income tax expense
    13       289       83       5       26  
Interest expense, net of interest capitalized
    133       113       164       136       133  
Depreciation and amortization of other intangibles
    221       222       205       184       177  
                                         
Total EBITDA including noncontrolling interests
  $ 313     $ 219     $ 457     $ 380     $ 394  
                                         
 
(b) For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings generally consist of income before income taxes and fixed charges excluding capitalized interest. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, the portion of rental expense considered representative of the interest factor and capitalized interest. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $39 million and $121 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. See Exhibit 12 to this Form 10-K for the calculation of this ratio.

37


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
 
As you read the following review of our financial condition and results of operations, you should also read our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page 67.
 
Executive Summary
 
We are one of the world’s leading manufacturers of automotive emission control and ride control products and systems. We serve both original equipment (OE) vehicle designers and manufacturers and the repair and replacement markets, or aftermarket, globally through leading brands, including Monroe®, Rancho®, Clevite® Elastomers and Fric Rottm ride control products and Walker®, Fonostm, and Gillettm emission control products. Worldwide we serve more than 65 different original equipment manufacturers, and our products or systems are included on six of the top 10 passenger models produced in Europe and eight of the top 10 light truck models produced in North America for 2009. Our aftermarket customers are comprised of full-line and specialty warehouse distributors, retailers, jobbers, installer chains and car dealers. As of December 31, 2009, we operated 84 manufacturing facilities worldwide and employed approximately 21,000 people to service our customers’ demands.
 
Factors that continue to be critical to our success include winning new business awards, managing our overall global manufacturing footprint to ensure proper placement and workforce levels in line with business needs, maintaining competitive wages and benefits, maximizing efficiencies in manufacturing processes and reducing overall costs. In addition, our ability to adapt to key industry trends, such as a shift in consumer preferences to other vehicles in response to higher fuel costs and other economic and social factors, increasing technologically sophisticated content, changing aftermarket distribution channels, increasing environmental standards and extended product life of automotive parts, also play a critical role in our success. Other factors that are critical to our success include adjusting to economic challenges such as increases in the cost of raw materials and our ability to successfully reduce the impact of any such cost increases through material substitutions, cost reduction initiatives and other methods.
 
The deterioration in the global economy and global credit markets beginning in 2008 has negatively impacted global business activity in general, and specifically the automotive industry in which we operate. The market turmoil and tightening of credit, as well as the dramatic decline in the housing market in the United States and Western Europe, have led to a lack of consumer confidence evidenced by a rapid decline in light vehicle purchases in 2008 and the first six months of 2009. Light vehicle production during the first six months of 2009 decreased by 50 percent in North America and 35 percent in Europe as compared to the first six months of 2008. OE production has stabilized and overall the production environment strengthened in the third and fourth quarters compared to the first half of the year as production began to track more closely to vehicle sales after inventory corrections in the first half of the year. In North America, light vehicle production in the fourth quarter 2009 was up one percent year-over-year. In Europe, light vehicle production in the fourth quarter 2009 was up 14 percent year-over-year.
 
In response to current economic conditions, some of our customers have eliminated or are expected to eliminate certain light vehicle models or brands. While we do not believe that models eliminated to date will have a significant impact on us, changes in the models produced by our customers or sales of their brands may have an adverse effect on our market share. Additional declines in consumer demand would have a further adverse effect on the financial condition of our OE customers, and on our future results of operations. Continued or further financial difficulties at any of our major customers could have an adverse impact on the level of our future revenues and collection of our receivables from such customers.
 
Other than the impact from production shutdowns during the second quarter, we incurred no other economic loss from the bankruptcy filings of Chrysler or General Motors. We collected substantially all of our pre-petition receivables from Chrysler Group LLC and Chrysler Group LLC has assumed substantially all of the contracts which we had with Chrysler LLC. We collected substantially all of our pre-petition receivables from General Motors Company and General Motors Company has assumed substantially all of the contracts which we had with General Motors Corporation.


38


Table of Contents

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As such, our ability to generate cash — both to fund operations and service our debt — is also a significant area of focus for our company. As part of our strategic imperative to improve financial flexibility, we completed a common stock offering of 12 million shares in November 2009. We used the net proceeds of $188 million from the offering to pay down debt. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below for further discussion of cash flows and “Risk Factors” included in Item 1A.
 
Total revenues for 2009 were $4.6 billion, a 21 percent decrease from $5.9 billion in 2008. Excluding the impact of currency and substrate sales, revenue was down $456 million, or 10 percent, driven primarily by lower OE production in North America, Europe and Australia and lower European aftermarket sales. Partially offsetting these declines were increased North American aftermarket sales and higher sales in South America and Asia.
 
Gross margin for 2009 was 16.6 percent, up 2.2 percentage points from 14.4 percent in 2008. The gross margin improvement was driven by the benefits from our restructuring activities in 2008, material cost management, improved manufacturing efficiencies, lower year-over-year restructuring and related expenses and currency gains. Lower OE production volumes and the related fixed cost absorption partially offset these improvements.
 
Selling, general and administrative expense was down $48 million in 2009, to $344 million, including $1 million in restructuring and related expense, compared to $392 million in 2008 which included $22 million in restructuring and related expense and $7 million in aftermarket changeover costs. Cost reduction efforts, which included restructuring savings, 401(k) match suspension, temporary salary reductions and employee furloughs, drove the improvement. Engineering expense was $97 million and $127 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. 2008 engineering expense included $1 million of restructuring and related expenses. The reduction in engineering expense was driven by engineering cost recoveries, employee furloughs and temporary salary reductions. In total, we reported selling, general, administrative and engineering expenses in 2009 at 9.5 percent of revenues, as compared to 8.8 percent of revenues in 2008 due to a decline in year-over-year revenues which out paced the decrease in selling, general, administrative and engineering costs.
 
Earnings before interest expense, taxes and noncontrolling interests (“EBIT”) was $92 million for 2009, an improvement of $95 million, when compared to a loss of $3 million in 2008. This increase was driven by the savings from prior restructuring activities, manufacturing efficiency improvements, lower selling, general and administrative spending, customer recovery of engineering costs, material cost management actions, lower restructuring and related expenses, reduced aftermarket changeover costs and lower goodwill impairment charges. The negative impact of currency and lower OE production and the related fixed cost absorption partially offset the EBIT improvement.
 
Results from Operations
 
Net Sales and Operating Revenues for Years 2009 and 2008
 
The following tables reflect our revenues for 2009 and 2008. We present these reconciliations of revenues in order to reflect the trend in our sales in various product lines and geographic regions separately from the effects of doing business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We have not reflected any currency impact in the 2008 table since this is the base period for measuring the effects of currency during 2009 on our operations. We believe investors find this information useful in understanding period-to-period comparisons in our revenues.
 
Additionally, we show the component of our revenue represented by substrate sales in the following tables. While we generally have primary design, engineering and manufacturing responsibility for OE emission control systems, we do not manufacture substrates. Substrates are porous ceramic filters coated with a catalyst — precious metals such as platinum, palladium and rhodium. These are supplied to us by Tier 2 suppliers and directed by our OE customers. We generally earn a small margin on these components of the system. As the need for more sophisticated emission control solutions increases to meet more stringent environmental regulations, and as we capture more diesel aftertreatment business, these substrate components have been increasing as a percentage of our revenue. Changes in commodity prices as well as changes in the


39


Table of Contents

mix of vehicles produced by our customers as a result of the economic crisis have recently reduced the percentage of our revenue related to substrates. While these substrates dilute our gross margin percentage, they are a necessary component of an emission control system. We view the growth of substrates as a key indicator that our value-add content in an emission control system is moving toward the higher technology hot-end gas and diesel business.
 
Our value-add content in an emission control system includes designing the system to meet environmental regulations through integration of the substrates into the system, maximizing use of thermal energy to heat up the catalyst quickly, efficiently managing airflow to reduce back pressure as the exhaust stream moves past the catalyst, managing the expansion and contraction of the emission control system components due to temperature extremes experienced by an emission control system, using advanced acoustic engineering tools to design the desired exhaust sound, minimizing the opportunity for the fragile components of the substrate to be damaged when we integrate it into the emission control system and reducing unwanted noise, vibration and harshness transmitted through the emission control system.
 
We present these substrate sales separately in the following table because we believe investors utilize this information to understand the impact of this portion of our revenues on our overall business and because it removes the impact of potentially volatile precious metals pricing from our revenues. While our original equipment customers generally assume the risk of precious metals pricing volatility, it impacts our reported revenues. Excluding “substrate” catalytic converter and diesel particulate filter sales removes this impact.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2009  
                            Revenues
 
                      Substrate
    Excluding
 
                Revenues
    Sales
    Currency and
 
          Currency
    Excluding
    Excluding
    Substrate
 
    Revenues     Impact     Currency     Currency     Sales  
    (Millions)  
 
North America Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
  $ 382     $ (4 )   $ 386     $     $ 386  
Emission Control
    1,154       (2 )     1,156       530       626  
                                         
Total North America Original Equipment
    1,536       (6 )     1,542       530       1,012  
North America Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    406       (4 )     410             410  
Emission Control
    150       (2 )     152             152  
                                         
Total North America Aftermarket
    556       (6 )     562             562  
Total North America
    2,092       (12 )     2,104       530       1,574  
Europe Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
    421       (25 )     446             446  
Emission Control
    917       (178 )     1,095       305       790  
                                         
Total Europe Original Equipment
    1,338       (203 )     1,541       305       1,236  
Europe Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    181       (14 )     195             195  
Emission Control
    154       (16 )     170             170  
                                         
Total Europe Aftermarket
    335       (30 )     365             365  
South America & India
    374       (40 )     414       50       364  
Total Europe, South America & India
    2,047       (273 )     2,320       355       1,965  
Asia
    380       6       374       84       290  
Australia
    130       (20 )     150       11       139  
                                         
Total Asia Pacific
    510       (14 )     524       95       429  
                                         
Total Tenneco
  $ 4,649     $ (299 )   $ 4,948     $ 980     $ 3,968  
                                         


40


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
                            Revenues
 
                      Substrate
    Excluding
 
                Revenues
    Sales
    Currency and
 
          Currency
    Excluding
    Excluding
    Substrate
 
    Revenues     Impact     Currency     Currency     Sales  
    (Millions)  
 
North America Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
  $ 493     $     $ 493     $     $ 493  
Emission Control
    1,591             1,591       773       818  
                                         
Total North America Original Equipment
    2,084             2,084       773       1,311  
North America Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    390             390             390  
Emission Control
    156             156             156  
                                         
Total North America Aftermarket
    546             546             546  
Total North America
    2,630             2,630       773       1,857  
Europe Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
    479             479             479  
Emission Control
    1,487             1,487       539       948  
                                         
Total Europe Original Equipment
    1,966             1,966       539       1,427  
Europe Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    213             213             213  
Emission Control
    190             190             190  
                                         
Total Europe Aftermarket
    403             403             403  
South America & India
    389             389       55       334  
Total Europe, South America & India
    2,758             2,758       594       2,164  
Asia
    342             342       109       233  
Australia
    186             186       16       170  
                                         
Total Asia Pacific
    528             528       125       403  
                                         
Total Tenneco
  $ 5,916     $     $ 5,916     $ 1,492     $ 4,424  
                                         
 
Revenues from our North American operations decreased $538 million for 2009 compared to the same period last year. Lower sales from both North American OE business units were partially offset by higher aftermarket revenues. North American OE emission control revenues were down $437 million for 2009; excluding substrate sales and currency, revenues were down $192 million compared to last year. This decrease was mainly due to lower OE production volumes year-over-year and a decrease in steel recovery due to lower steel costs. North American OE ride control revenues for 2009 were down $107 million from the prior year, excluding $4 million of unfavorable currency. The decline was mainly driven by lower OE production volumes. Our total North American OE revenues, excluding substrate sales and currency, decreased 23 percent for 2009 compared to 2008. North American light vehicle production decreased 32 percent in 2009 compared to 2008. Industry Class 8 commercial vehicle production was down 38 percent and industry Class 4-7 commercial vehicle production was down 39 percent in 2009 as compared to the previous year. Aftermarket revenues for North America were $556 million for 2009, an increase of $10 million compared to the prior year. Excluding $6 million in unfavorable currency, aftermarket revenues were up $16 million driven by stronger ride control volumes and pricing, partially offset by lower emission control volumes. Aftermarket ride control revenues, net of unfavorable currency, increased five percent for 2009 while aftermarket emission control revenues, net of unfavorable currency, decreased three percent for 2009.
 
Our European, South American and Indian segment’s revenues decreased $711 million, or 26 percent, in 2009 compared to 2008. Europe OE emission control revenues of $917 million for 2009 were down 38 percent


41


Table of Contents

as compared to 2008. Excluding $178 million of unfavorable currency and a reduction in substrate sales, Europe OE emission control revenues decreased 17 percent from 2008 due to lower OE production volumes and decreased year-over-year alloy surcharge recovery due to lower alloy surcharge costs. Europe OE ride control revenues of $421 million in 2009 were down 12 percent year-over-year. Excluding unfavorable currency, ride control revenues decreased by seven percent for 2009 due to lower production volumes, partially offset by new ride control launches, including new CES business, and a favorable vehicle mix weighted toward the A/B segment vehicles, which have been better sellers under the recent government incentive programs. Our total European OE revenues, excluding substrate sales and currency, decreased 13 percent in 2009 compared to 2008. The 2009 total European light vehicle industry production was down 20 percent when compared to 2008. European aftermarket revenues decreased 17 percent or $68 million for 2009 compared to last year. When adjusted for unfavorable currency, aftermarket revenues were down nine percent. Excluding the negative $14 million impact of currency, ride control aftermarket revenues were down eight percent while emission control aftermarket revenues were down 11 percent, excluding $16 million in unfavorable currency. The decrease was driven by overall market declines but particularly heavy duty ride control products and the ride control market in Eastern Europe where economies have been more severely impacted by the economic crisis. South American and Indian revenues were $374 million during 2009, compared to $389 million in the prior year. When unfavorable currency and substrates are excluded, revenue was up $30 million compared to last year. Our South American and Indian operations benefited from improved OE production volumes and favorable pricing.
 
Revenues from our Asia Pacific segment, which includes Australia and Asia, decreased $18 million to $510 million in 2009 compared to last year. Excluding the impact of substrate sales and currency, revenues increased $26 million from $403 million in the prior year. Asian revenues for 2009 were $380 million, up 11 percent from last year. Higher OE production volumes in China were the primary reason for the increase. Excluding substrate sales and currency, Asian revenue increased $57 million when compared with last year. Full year 2009 revenues for Australia decreased 30 percent to $130 million. Excluding lower substrate sales and $20 million of unfavorable currency, Australian revenue decreased 18 percent due to industry light vehicle production declines.


42


Table of Contents

Net Sales and Operating Revenues for Years 2008 and 2007
 
The following tables reflect our revenues for the years of 2008 and 2007. See “Net Sales and Operating Revenues for Years 2009 and 2008” for a description of why we present these reconciliations of revenue.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
                            Revenues
 
                      Substrate
    Excluding
 
                Revenues
    Sales
    Currency and
 
          Currency
    Excluding
    Excluding
    Substrate
 
    Revenues     Impact     Currency     Currency     Sales  
    (Millions)  
 
North America Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
  $ 493     $ (5 )   $ 498     $     $ 498  
Emission Control
    1,591       (2 )     1,593       773       820  
                                         
Total North America Original Equipment
    2,084       (7 )     2,091       773       1,318  
North America Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    390             390             390  
Emission Control
    156             156             156  
                                         
Total North America Aftermarket
    546             546             546  
Total North America
    2,630       (7 )     2,637       773       1,864  
Europe Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
    479       27       452             452  
Emission Control
    1,487       54       1,433       498       935  
                                         
Total Europe Original Equipment
    1,966       81       1,885       498       1,387  
Europe Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    213       10       203             203  
Emission Control
    190       7       183             183  
                                         
Total Europe Aftermarket
    403       17       386             386  
South America & India
    389       17       372       52       320  
Total Europe, South America & India
    2,758       115       2,643       550       2,093  
Asia
    342       29       313       101       212  
Australia
    186       6       180       15       165  
                                         
Total Asia Pacific
    528       35       493       116       377  
                                         
Total Tenneco
  $ 5,916     $ 143     $ 5,773     $ 1,439     $ 4,334  
                                         
 


43


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2007  
                            Revenues
 
                      Substrate
    Excluding
 
                Revenues
    Sales
    Currency and
 
          Currency
    Excluding
    Excluding
    Substrate
 
    Revenues     Impact     Currency     Currency     Sales  
    (Millions)  
 
North America Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
  $ 514     $     $ 514     $     $ 514  
Emission Control
    1,850             1,850       924       926  
                                         
Total North America Original Equipment
    2,364             2,364       924       1,440  
North America Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    385             385             385  
Emission Control
    152             152             152  
                                         
Total North America Aftermarket
    537             537             537  
Total North America
    2,901             2,901       924       1,977  
Europe Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
    427             427             427  
Emission Control
    1,569             1,569       556       1,013  
                                         
Total Europe Original Equipment
    1,996             1,996       556       1,440  
Europe Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    201             201             201  
Emission Control
    207             207             207  
                                         
Total Europe Aftermarket
    408             408             408  
South America & India
    333             333       41       292  
Total Europe, South America and India
    2,737             2,737       597       2,140  
Asia
    352             352       125       227  
Australia
    194             194       27       167  
                                         
Total Asia Pacific
    546             546       152       394  
                                         
Total Tenneco
  $ 6,184     $     $ 6,184     $ 1,673     $ 4,511  
                                         
 
Revenues from our North American operations decreased $271 million in 2008 compared to 2007. Higher aftermarket sales were more than offset by lower North American OE revenues. North American OE emission control revenues were down $259 million in 2008. Excluding substrate sales and currency, revenues were down $106 million compared to 2007. This decrease was primarily due to a 16% year-over-year decline in industry production volumes, including a temporary stop of production on the Toyota Tundra, as well as significant reduction in customer light truck production which included the Ford Super Duty and F150, GMT 900 and the Chevrolet Trailblazer and GMC Envoy. North American OE ride control revenues for 2008 were down $21 million from 2007 or down $16 million excluding unfavorable currency. Revenues of $84 million from our Kettering, Ohio ride-control operations which we acquired in May 2008 helped offset the significantly lower light truck production. Our total North American OE revenues, excluding substrate sales and currency, decreased nine percent in 2008 compared to 2007. The North American light truck production rate decreased 25 percent while production rates for passenger cars decreased three percent. Aftermarket revenues for North America were $546 million in 2008, an increase of $9 million compared to 2007, driven by higher volumes in both product lines as well as higher pricing to offset material cost increases. Aftermarket ride control revenues increased one percent in 2008 while aftermarket emission control revenues increased three percent in 2008.
 
Our European, South American and Indian segment’s revenues increased $21 million or one percent in 2008 compared to 2007. Total Europe OE revenues were $1,966 million, down one percent from 2007. Excluding favorable currency and substrate sales, total European OE revenue was down four percent while total light vehicle production for Europe was down five percent. Europe OE emission control revenues decreased five percent to $1,487 million from $1,569 million in 2007. Excluding substrate sales and a favorable impact of $54 million due to currency, Europe OE emission control revenues decreased eight percent

44


Table of Contents

from 2007, primarily due to lower volumes on the Opel Astra and Vectra, the BMW 3 Series and Volvo. Improved volumes on the BMW 1 series, VW Golf, the new Jaguar XF, and the Ford Mondea and C-Max helped partially offset the emission control decrease. Europe OE ride control revenues of $479 million in 2008 were up 12 percent year-over-year. Excluding currency, revenues increased by six percent in 2008 due to favorable volumes on the Suzuki Splash, VW Passat and Transporter, Ford Focus, the new Mazda 2 and Mercedes C-class. Also benefiting 2008 Europe OE ride control revenues were $18 million from our recently acquired suspension business of Gruppo Marzocchi. European aftermarket revenues decreased $5 million in 2008 compared to 2007. When adjusted for currency, aftermarket revenues were down $22 million year-over-year. Excluding the $10 million favorable impact of currency, ride control aftermarket revenues were $2 million better when compared to 2007. Emission control aftermarket revenues were down $24 million, excluding $7 million in currency benefit, due to overall market declines. South American and Indian revenues were $389 million during 2008, compared to $333 million in 2007. Stronger OE and aftermarket sales and currency appreciation drove this increase.
 
Revenues from our Asia Pacific segment decreased $18 million to $528 million in 2008 compared to $546 million in 2007. Excluding the impact of substrate sales and currency, revenues decreased to $377 million from $394 million in 2007. Asian revenues for 2008 were $342 million, down three percent from 2007. Although overall China OE production was up slightly, GM, Volkswagen, Ford and Brilliance, our largest customers in this region, all took unplanned downtime during the year. Revenues for Australia were down $8 million, to $186 million in 2008 compared to $194 million in 2007. Excluding substrate sales and favorable currency of $6 million, Australian revenue was down $2 million versus 2007.
 
Earnings before Interest Expense, Income Taxes and Noncontrolling Interests (“EBIT”) for Years 2009 and 2008
 
                         
    Year Ended
       
    December 31,        
    2009     2008     Change  
    (Millions)  
 
North America
  $ 42     $ (107 )   $ 149  
Europe, South America and India
    20       85       (65 )
Asia Pacific
    30       19       11  
                         
    $ 92     $ (3 )   $ 95  
                         
 
The EBIT results shown in the preceding table include the following items, discussed below under “Restructuring and Other Charges” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capitalization”, which have an effect on the comparability of EBIT results between periods:
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Millions)  
 
North America
               
Restructuring and related expenses
  $ 17     $ 16  
Environmental reserve(1)
    5        
New aftermarket customer changeover costs(2)
          7  
Goodwill impairment charge(3)
          114  
Europe, South America and India
               
Restructuring and related expenses
    4       22  
Asia Pacific
               
Restructuring and related expenses
          2  


45


Table of Contents

 
(1) Represents a reserve related to environmental liabilities of a company Tenneco acquired in 1996, at locations never operated by Tenneco, and for which that acquired company had been indemnified by Mark IV Industries, which declared bankruptcy in the second quarter of 2009.
 
(2) Represents costs associated with changing new aftermarket customers from their prior suppliers to an inventory of our products. Although our aftermarket business regularly incurs changeover costs, we specifically identify in the table above those changeover costs that, based on the size or number of customers involved, we believe are of an unusual nature for the period in which they were incurred.
 
(3) Non-cash asset impairment charge related to goodwill for Tenneco’s 1996 acquisition of Clevite Industries.
 
EBIT for North American operations was $42 million in 2009, an increase of $149 million from a loss of $107 million one year ago. The benefits to EBIT from new platform launches, manufacturing efficiencies, reduced selling, general, administrative and engineering spending, lower customer changeover costs, restructuring savings, impairment charge and customer recoveries were only partially offset by lower OE production volumes and the related manufacturing fixed cost absorption and increased restructuring and related expenses. Currency had a $10 million favorable impact on North American EBIT. Restructuring and related expenses of $17 million and an environmental charge of $5 million were included in 2009. Restructuring and related costs of $16 million, a goodwill impairment charge of $114 million and changeover costs for new aftermarket customers of $7 million were included in 2008 EBIT.
 
Our European, South American and Indian segment’s EBIT was $20 million for 2009, down $65 million from $85 million in 2008. Significant OE production volume declines, the related manufacturing fixed cost absorption and lower aftermarket sales drove the decline in EBIT. Currency further reduced EBIT by $14 million. These decreases were partially offset by the impact of our new OE platform launches, improved pricing, favorable material costs, savings from our prior restructuring activities and reduced restructuring and related expenses. EBIT for 2009 included $4 million of restructuring and related expenses compared to $22 million in 2008.
 
EBIT for our Asia Pacific segment, which includes Asia and Australia, increased $11 million to $30 million in 2009 compared to $19 million in the prior year. Higher OE production volumes in Asia, restructuring savings, manufacturing cost improvements, material cost management and reduced restructuring and related expenses drove the improvement. Lower OE production volumes in Australia and the related manufacturing fixed cost absorption partially offset these improvements. Unfavorable currency of $3 million impacted Asia Pacific’s 2009 EBIT. Included in Asia Pacific’s 2008 EBIT was $2 million in restructuring and related expenses.
 
Currency had a $7 million unfavorable impact on overall company EBIT for 2009 as compared to the prior year.
 
EBIT for Years 2008 and 2007
 
                         
    Year Ended
       
    December 31,        
    2008     2007     Change  
    (Millions)  
 
North America
  $ (107 )   $ 120     $ (227 )
Europe, South America and India
    85       99       (14 )
Asia Pacific
    19       33       (14 )
                         
    $ (3 )   $ 252     $ (255 )
                         


46


Table of Contents

The EBIT results shown in the preceding table include the following items, discussed below under “Restructuring and Other Charges” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capitalization”, which have an effect on the comparability of EBIT results between periods:
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
North America
               
Restructuring and related expenses
  $ 16     $ 3  
New aftermarket customer changeover costs(1)
    7       5  
Goodwill impairment charge(2)
    114        
Europe, South America and India
               
Restructuring and related expenses
    22       22  
Asia Pacific
               
Restructuring and related expenses
    2        
 
 
(1) Represents costs associated with changing new aftermarket customers from their prior suppliers to an inventory of our products. Although our aftermarket business regularly incurs changeover costs, we specifically identify in the table above those changeover costs that, based on the size or number of customers involved, we believe are of an unusual nature for the period in which they were incurred.
 
(2) Non-cash asset impairment charge related to goodwill for Tenneco’s 1996 acquisition of Clevite Industries.
 
EBIT for North American operations was a loss of $107 million in 2008, a decrease of $227 million from $120 million of earnings in 2007. OE industry production volume declines and unfavorable product mix from reduced sales on light trucks negatively impacted EBIT by $89 million. SUV and pick-up truck business accounted for 54 percent of 2008 revenues compared to 72 percent of 2007 revenues. Lower manufacturing cost absorption driven by significant downward changes to customer production schedules reduced EBIT by an additional $31 million. Higher depreciation expense related to capital expenditures to support our sizeable 2007 emission control platform launches further reduced EBIT. North America’s 2008 EBIT was also negatively impacted by $16 million in restructuring and related costs, goodwill impairment charge of $114 million, changeover costs for new aftermarket customers of $7 million and unfavorable currency exchange of $20 million, related to the Mexican Peso and Canadian dollar. These decreases were partially offset by higher aftermarket volumes and new OE platform launches in both emission and ride control business which combined to impact EBIT favorably by $29 million as well as focused spending reduction efforts to help counter the eroding North American industry environment, mainly in lower selling, general and administrative costs. Restructuring and related costs of $3 million and changeover costs for new aftermarket customers of $5 million were included in 2007 EBIT.
 
Our European, South American and Indian segment’s EBIT was $85 million for 2008, down $14 million from $99 million in 2007. OE production volume declines, unfavorable vehicle mix, lower aftermarket sales volumes and related manufacturing fixed cost absorption had a combined $45 million unfavorable impact on 2008 EBIT. Currency further reduced EBIT by $6 million. These decreases were partially offset by the impact of our new OE platform launches, improved pricing, restructuring savings, and reduced selling, general and administrative spending due to discretionary spending controls and overhead reduction efforts. Restructuring and related expenses of $22 million were included in EBIT for each of 2008 and 2007.
 
EBIT for our Asia Pacific segment, which includes Asia and Australia, decreased $14 million to $19 million in 2008 compared to $33 million in 2007. Lower OE production volumes and the related manufacturing fixed cost absorption combined to reduce EBIT by $12 million. Favorable currency of $4 million partially offset these declines. Included in Asia Pacific’s 2008 EBIT were $2 million in restructuring and related expenses.
 
Currency had a $22 million unfavorable impact on overall company EBIT for 2008, as compared to 2007.


47


Table of Contents

EBIT as a Percentage of Revenue for Years 2009, 2008 and 2007
 
                         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
North America
    2 %     (4 )%     4 %
Europe, South America and India
    1 %     3 %     4 %
Asia Pacific
    6 %     4 %     6 %
Total Tenneco
    2 %           4 %
 
In North America, EBIT as a percentage of revenue for 2009 was up six percentage points from the prior year level. The benefits to EBIT from new platform launches, manufacturing efficiencies, reduced selling, general, administrative and engineering spending, lower customer changeover costs and goodwill impairment charges, favorable currency, restructuring savings and customer recoveries were only partially offset by lower OE production volumes, the related manufacturing fixed cost absorption and an environmental reserve. During 2009, North American results included higher restructuring and related charges. In Europe, South America and India, EBIT margin for 2009 was down two percentage points from prior year. Lower OE production volumes and the related manufacturing fixed cost absorption, aftermarket sales declines and unfavorable currency impact were partially offset by new platform launches, improved pricing, favorable material costs and savings from our prior restructuring activities. Restructuring and related expenses were lower in Europe, South America and India’s 2009 EBIT compared to prior year. EBIT as a percentage of revenue for our Asia Pacific segment increased two percentage points in 2009 versus the prior year. Higher OE production volumes in Asia, restructuring savings, manufacturing cost improvements, material cost management and reduced restructuring and related expenses drove the improvement which was partially offset by OE production volume decreases in Australia and the related manufacturing fixed cost absorption and unfavorable currency. Asia Pacific 2009 results included lower restructuring and related expenses over prior year.
 
In North America, EBIT as a percentage of revenue for 2008 was down eight percentage points from 2007 levels. OE industry production volume declines, unfavorable product mix, lower manufacturing cost absorption driven by significant downward changes to customer production schedules, goodwill impairment charge, higher depreciation expense and unfavorable currency impact drove the decrease. During 2008, North American results included higher restructuring and related charges and aftermarket changeover costs. In Europe, South America and India, EBIT margin for 2008 was down one percentage point from 2007. Lower OE production volumes and the related manufacturing fixed cost absorption, aftermarket sales declines, unfavorable currency impact and increased investments in engineering were partially offset by new platform launches. Restructuring and related expenses were the same as 2007. EBIT as a percentage of revenue for our Asia Pacific segment decreased two percentage points in 2008 versus 2007. OE production volume decreases and manufacturing fixed cost absorption, drove the decline. Favorable currency partially offset the decline in EBIT margin. Asia Pacific 2008 results included higher restructuring and related expenses over 2007.
 
Interest Expense, Net of Interest Capitalized
 
We reported interest expense for 2009 of $133 million net of interest capitalized of $4 million ($130 million in our U.S. operations and $3 million in our foreign operations), up from $113 million net of interest capitalized of $6 million ($111 million in our U.S. operations and $2 million in our foreign operations) a year ago primarily related to higher interest rates due to the amendment of the senior credit facility in February 2009. In addition, the requirement to mark to market our interest rate swaps decreased interest expense by $7 million in 2008.
 
We reported interest expense in 2008 of $113 million net of interest capitalized of $6 million ($111 million in our U.S. operations and $2 million in our foreign operations), down from $164 million ($162 million in our U.S. operations and $2 million in our foreign operations) in 2007. The requirement to mark to market the interest rate swaps decreased interest expense by $7 million for 2008, versus a decrease to expense of $6 million in 2007. Included in the 2007 results was $5 million related to a charge to expense the unamortized portion of debt issuance costs related to our amended and restated senior credit facility in connection with our debt refinancing in the first quarter of 2007 and $21 million related to a net charge to expense the costs associated with the tender premium and fees, the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs and the write-off of


48


Table of Contents

previously recognized debt issuance premium in connection with our November 2007 refinancing transaction. Interest expense decreased in 2008 compared to 2007 as a result of a decrease in our variable and fixed rate debt and lower rates on both our variable rate debt and a portion of our fixed rate debt.
 
On December 31, 2009, we had $1.012 billion in long-term debt obligations that have fixed interest rates. Of that amount, $245 million is fixed through July 2013, $500 million is fixed through November 2014, $250 million is fixed through November 2015, and the remainder is fixed from 2010 through 2025. We also have $139 million in long-term debt obligations that are subject to variable interest rates. For more detailed explanations on our debt structure and senior credit facility refer to “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capitalization” later in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.
 
Income Taxes
 
In 2009, we recorded income tax expense of $13 million. Computed using the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate of 35 percent, income tax would be a benefit of $14 million. The difference is due primarily to valuation allowances against deferred tax assets generated by 2009 losses in the U.S. and in certain foreign countries which we cannot benefit, partially offset by adjustments to past valuation allowances for deferred tax assets including a reversal of $20 million of U.S. valuation allowance based on the change in the fair value of a tax planning strategy. We reported income tax expense of $289 million in 2008 which included $244 million in tax charges primarily related to recording a valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets, repatriating cash from Brazil as a result of strong performance in South America over the past several years and changes in foreign tax rates. We reported $83 million of income tax expense in 2007 which included $56 million in tax charges primarily related to a $66 million non-cash tax charge to realign the company’s European ownership structure, partially offset by net tax benefits of $10 million related to a reduction in foreign income tax rates and adjustments for prior year income tax returns
 
Restructuring and Other Charges
 
Over the past several years, we have adopted plans to restructure portions of our operations. These plans were approved by our Board of Directors and were designed to reduce operational and administrative overhead costs throughout the business. Our Board of Directors approved a restructuring project in 2001, known as Project Genesis, which was designed to lower our fixed costs, relocate capacity, reduce our work force, improve efficiency and utilization, and better optimize our global footprint. We have subsequently engaged in various other restructuring projects related to Project Genesis. We incurred $25 million in restructuring and related costs during 2007, of which $22 million was recorded in cost of sales and $3 million was recorded in selling, general, administrative and engineering expense. We incurred $40 million in restructuring and related costs during 2008, of which $17 million was recorded in cost of sales and $23 million was recorded in selling, general, administrative and engineering expense. In 2009, we incurred $21 million in restructuring and related costs, of which $16 million was recorded in cost of sales, $1 million was recorded in selling, general, administrative and engineering expense and $4 million was recorded in depreciation and amortization expense.
 
Under the terms of our amended and restated senior credit agreement that took effect on February 23, 2009, we are allowed to exclude $40 million of cash charges and expenses, before taxes, related to cost reduction initiatives incurred after February 23, 2009 from the calculation of the financial covenant ratios required under our senior credit facility. As of December 31, 2009, we have excluded $16 million in allowable charges relating to restructuring initiatives against the $40 million available under the terms of the February 2009 amended and restated senior credit facility.
 
On September 22, 2009, we announced that we will be closing our original equipment ride control plant in Cozad, Nebraska as we continue to restructure our operations. We now estimate this closing will generate $8 million in annualized cost savings once completed, incremental to the $58 million of savings related to our October 2008 announcement. We expect the elimination of 500 positions at the Cozad plant and expect to record up to $20 million in restructuring and related expenses, of which approximately $14 million represents cash expenditures, with all expenses recorded by third quarter 2010. We plan to hire at other facilities as we move the production from Cozad to those facilities, resulting in a net decrease of approximately 60 positions. During 2009 we recorded $11 million of restructuring and related expenses related to this initiative.


49


Table of Contents

As originally announced in October 2008 and revised in January 2009, we eliminated 1,100 positions and recorded $31 million in charges, of which approximately $25 million represented cash expenditures. We recorded $24 million of these charges in 2008 and $7 million in 2009. We generated approximately $58 million in annual savings beginning in 2009 related to this restructuring program.
 
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
 
We reported a net loss of $73 million or $1.50 per diluted common share for 2009, as compared to a net loss of $415 million or $8.95 per diluted common share for 2008. Included in the results for 2009 were negative impacts from expenses related to our restructuring activities, an environmental reserve and tax adjustments. The net impact of these items decreased earnings per diluted share by $0.91. Included in the results for 2008 were negative impacts from expenses related to our restructuring activities, new aftermarket customer changeover costs, a goodwill impairment charge and tax adjustments. The net impact of these items decreased earnings per diluted share by $9.37.
 
We reported a net loss of $415 million or $8.95 per diluted common share for 2008, as compared to a net loss of $5 million or $0.11 per diluted common share for 2007. Included in the results for 2008 were negative impacts from expenses related to our restructuring activities, new aftermarket customer changeover costs, a goodwill impairment charge and tax adjustments. The net impact of these items decreased earnings per diluted share by $9.37. Included in the results for 2007 were negative impacts from expenses related to our restructuring activities, new aftermarket customer changeover costs, charges relating to refinancing activities and tax adjustments. The net impact of these items decreased earnings per diluted share by $1.93.
 
Dividends on Common Stock
 
On January 10, 2001, our Board of Directors eliminated the quarterly dividend on our common stock. There are no current plans to reinstate a dividend on our common stock.
 
Cash Flows for 2009 and 2008
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Millions)  
 
Cash provided (used) by:
               
Operating activities
  $ 241     $ 160  
Investing activities
    (119 )     (261 )
Financing activities
    (87 )     58  
 
Operating Activities
 
In 2009, operating activities provided $241 million in cash compared to $160 million in cash provided during last year. In 2009, working capital provided cash of $65 million versus a cash use of $31 million in 2008. Receivables were a use of cash of $8 million compared to cash provided by receivables of $126 million in the prior year. This decrease in cash flow from receivables was attributable to the revenue decline in the fourth quarter 2008 as compared to the revenue increase in the fourth quarter 2009 combined with reduced cash flow from factored receivables which decreased receivable collections by $42 million in 2009 compared to $22 million in increased collections of receivables for last year. Inventory cash flow improved by $82 million as a result of our inventory management efforts. Accounts payable used cash of $2 million compared to $181 million last year, an improvement of $179 million. Cash taxes were $38 million for 2009, compared to $62 million in the prior year, reflecting lower 2009 taxable income in jurisdictions where we were taxpayers.


50


Table of Contents

One of our European subsidiaries receives payment from one of its OE customers whereby the accounts receivable are satisfied through the delivery of negotiable financial instruments. We may collect these financial instruments before their maturity date by either selling them at a discount or using them to satisfy accounts receivable that have previously been sold to a European bank. Any of these financial instruments which are not sold are classified as other current assets as they do not meet our definition of cash equivalents. The amount of these financial instruments that was collected before their maturity date and sold at a discount totaled $5 million as of December 31, 2009, compared with $23 million at December 31, 2008. No negotiable financial instruments were held by our European subsidiary as of December 31, 2009 or 2008, respectively.
 
In certain instances several of our Chinese subsidiaries receive payment from OE customers and satisfy vendor payments through the receipt and delivery of negotiable financial instruments. Financial instruments used to satisfy vendor payables and not redeemed totaled $15 million and $6 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and were classified as notes payable. Financial instruments received from OE customers and not redeemed totaled $15 million and $6 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and were classified as other current assets. Some of our Chinese subsidiaries that issue their own negotiable financial instruments to pay vendors are required to maintain a cash balance if they exceed certain credit limits with the financial institution that guarantees those financial instruments. A restricted cash balance was not required at those Chinese subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The negotiable financial instruments received by one of our European subsidiaries and some of our Chinese subsidiaries are checks drawn by our OE customers and guaranteed by their banks that are payable at a future date. The use of these instruments for payment follows local commercial practice. Because negotiable financial instruments are financial obligations of our customers and are guaranteed by our customers’ banks, we believe they represent a lower financial risk than the outstanding accounts receivable that they satisfy which are not guaranteed by a bank.
 
Investing Activities
 
Cash used for investing activities was $142 million lower in 2009 compared to a year ago. Cash payments for plant, property and equipment were $120 million in 2009 versus payments of $233 million in 2008, a reduction of $113 million. This reduction was due to deferring discretionary projects, redeploying assets and using existing capacity while continuing to make the investments needed for new business launches, technology development and future growth opportunities. Cash of $19 million was used to acquire ride control assets at Delphi’s Kettering, Ohio location during 2008. Also in 2008, we acquired Gruppo Marzocchi which resulted in a $3 million cash inflow ($(1) million cash consideration paid, net of $4 million cash acquired). Cash payments for software-related intangible assets were $6 million in 2009 compared to $15 million in 2008.
 
Financing Activities
 
Cash flow from financing activities was an outflow of $87 million in 2009 compared to an inflow of $58 million in 2008. We used the $188 million in net proceeds from our common stock offering in the fourth quarter of 2009 to pay down debt, primarily borrowings against our revolving credit facility. We ended 2009 with no borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
 
Cash Flows for 2008 and 2007
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Cash provided (used) by:
               
Operating activities
  $ 160     $ 158  
Investing activities
    (261 )     (202 )
Financing activities
    58       (10 )


51


Table of Contents

Operating Activities
 
For 2008, operating activities provided $160 million in cash compared to $158 million in cash from 2007. Cash used for working capital during 2008 was $31 million versus $83 million in 2007. Receivables provided cash of $126 million compared to a use of cash of $116 million in 2007. The cash provided by receivables reflects an increase of $22 million in securitized accounts receivable. Inventory cash flow represented a cash inflow of $19 million during 2008 versus a cash outflow of $66 million in 2007. The improvement was primarily due to a significant decrease in cash used for inventories of catalytic converters sourced from South Africa. Accounts payable used cash of $181 million compared to 2007’s cash inflow of $100 million driven by the rapid decline in global production. Cash taxes were $62 million for 2008, compared to $60 million in 2007.
 
One of our European subsidiaries receives payment from one of its OE customers whereby the accounts receivable are satisfied through the delivery of negotiable financial instruments. We may collect these financial instruments before their maturity date by either selling them at a discount or using them to satisfy accounts receivable that have previously been sold to a European bank. Any of these financial instruments which are not sold are classified as other current assets as they do not meet our definition of cash equivalents. The amount of these financial instruments that was collected before their maturity date and sold at a discount totaled $23 million as of December 31, 2008, compared with $15 million at the same date in 2007. No negotiable financial instruments were held by our European subsidiary as of December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2007.
 
In certain instances several of our Chinese subsidiaries receive payment from OE customers and satisfy vendor payments through the receipt and delivery of negotiable financial instruments. Financial instruments used to satisfy vendor payables and not redeemed totaled $6 million and $23 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and were classified as notes payable. Financial instruments received from OE customers and not redeemed totaled $6 million and $8 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and were classified as other current assets. One of our Chinese subsidiaries that issues its own negotiable financial instruments to pay its vendors is required to maintain a cash balance if they exceed certain credit limits with the financial institution that guarantees those financial instruments. A restricted cash balance was not required at that Chinese subsidiary as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
The negotiable financial instruments received by one of our European subsidiaries and some of our Chinese subsidiaries are checks drawn by our OE customers and guaranteed by their banks that are payable at a future date. The use of these instruments for payment follows local commercial practice. Because negotiable financial instruments are financial obligations of our customers and are guaranteed by our customers’ banks, we believe they represent a lower financial risk than the outstanding accounts receivable that they satisfy which are not guaranteed by a bank.
 
Investing Activities
 
Cash used for investing activities was $59 million higher in 2008 compared to 2007. Cash payments for plant, property and equipment were $233 million in 2008 versus payments of $177 million in 2007. The increase of $56 million in cash payments for plant, property and equipment was to support new business that has been awarded for 2010 and 2011. Cash of $19 million was used to acquire ride control assets at Delphi’s Kettering, Ohio location during 2008. Also in 2008, we acquired Gruppo Marzocchi which resulted in a $3 million cash inflow ($(1) million cash consideration paid, net of $4 million cash acquired). Cash of $16 million was used to acquire Combustion Components Associates’ ELIM-NOxtm technology during 2007. Cash payments for software-related intangible assets were $15 million in 2008 compared to $19 million in 2007.
 
Financing Activities
 
Cash flow from financing activities was a $58 million inflow in 2008 compared to an outflow of $10 million in 2007. The increase was mainly due to higher borrowings under our revolving credit facility.


52


Table of Contents

Outlook
 
In 2010, OE production schedules are projected to increase over 2009’s record low levels. According to Global Insight, North American light vehicle production levels are expected to increase an estimated 24 percent in 2010 compared to 2009, with passenger car production levels expected to increase by 22 percent and light trucks projected to increase by 26 percent. Light vehicle production for 2010 in Europe is projected by Global Insight to improve by four percent compared to 2009, with estimated production increases of three percent for passenger cars and 19 percent for light trucks. Compared to 2009, Global Insight projects production to rise in South America by eight percent, and 20 percent in India in 2010. Global Insight also projects that China’s 2010 light vehicle production will increase by eight percent over 2009. For the Class 4-8 on-road commercial vehicle segment, Global Insight projects that OE production schedules will increase 18 percent in North America, 36 percent in Europe and eight percent in China. We anticipate that the global aftermarket for 2010 will be stable. We will continue to support our strong brands and aggressively pursue new customers, actions that we hope will help expand our market share globally.
 
We are well positioned to deliver revenue and earnings growth in 2010 as we launch new business and take advantage of volume increases while continuing to benefit from cost reductions and operational improvements. Tenneco estimates that our global original equipment revenues will be approximately $4.4 billion in 2010 and $5.7 billion in 2011. Adjusted for substrate sales, the company’s global original equipment value-added revenues are estimated to be approximately $3.2 billion in 2010 and $4.0 billion in 2011. Our estimates are based on 2010 light vehicle production forecasts of 10.6 million units in North America, 17.6 million units in Europe and 13.4 million units in China. In 2011, light vehicle production is forecasted to be 12.3 million in North America, 18.3 million in Europe and 14.8 million in China.
 
In addition, we project we will achieve a five year average compounded annual OE revenue growth rate of 18 percent to 20 percent through 2014. The growth is primarily driven by increasingly stringent and broader emissions regulations that are being implemented globally, which will accelerate growth in the on-road and off-road commercial vehicle markets. Our estimates of our future OE revenue growth is also based on unit volume projections by Global Insight that global light vehicle production will grow at an annual compounded growth rate of seven percent through 2014 and on-road commercial vehicle production will grow at an annual compounded growth rate of 12 percent through 2014. We assume non-road commercial vehicle production will grow at slightly lower growth rates than on-road commercial vehicles.
 
Between fourth quarter 2009 and fourth quarter 2011, we are launching multiple programs with eleven different commercial vehicle customers, both truck and engine manufacturers, to help customers meet new emissions regulations for on and off-road commercial vehicles. We began launching some of these programs in China at the end of last year with China National Heavy Truck Company, Shanghai Diesel Engine Company and Weichai Power. Programs in North America, Europe and South America primarily begin launching in the second half of 2010. Our commercial vehicle emission control customers also include Caterpillar, Navistar and Deutz as well as five customers who will be announced as programs launch. We will also supply diesel aftertreatment systems, including selective catalytic reduction, for next generation heavy-duty pick-up trucks in North America. Based on current light and commercial vehicle production forecasts, we project that 15 percent of our global OE revenues for 2011 and between 25 percent and 30 percent of our global OE revenues for 2012 will be generated by commercial vehicle business.
 
The revenue estimates presented in this “Outlook” are based on original equipment manufacturers’ programs that have been formally awarded to the company; programs where the company is highly confident that it will be awarded business based on informal customer indications consistent with past practices; Tenneco’s status as supplier for the existing program and its relationship with the customer; and the actual original equipment revenues achieved by the company for each of the last several years compared to the amount of those revenues that the company estimated it would generate at the beginning of each year. Our revenue estimates are subject to increase or decrease due to changes in customer requirements, customer and consumer preferences, and the number of vehicles actually produced by our customers. We update these estimates annually. In the interim we do not intend to otherwise update the estimates to reflect future changes in these assumptions. In addition, our revenue estimate is based on our anticipated pricing for each applicable


53


Table of Contents

program over its life. However, we are under continuing pricing pressures from our OE customers. We do not intend to update the amounts shown above for any price changes. Finally, for our foreign operations, our revenue estimate assumes a fixed foreign currency value. This value is used to translate foreign business to the U.S. dollar. Currency in our foreign operations is subject to fluctuation based on the economic conditions in each of our foreign operations. We do not intend to update the amounts shown above due to these fluctuations. See “Cautionary Statement for Purposes of the ‘Safe Harbor’ Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995” and Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”
 
We expect our capital expenditures for 2010 to be approximately $160 million to $170 million. Depreciation and amortization for 2010 will be approximately $225 million. We expect our interest expense to be about $125 million and our cash taxes to range between $50 million and $60 million.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Capitalization
 
                         
    Year Ended
       
    December 31,        
    2009     2008     % Change  
    (Millions)  
 
Short-term debt and maturities classified as current
  $ 75     $ 49       53 %
Long-term debt
    1,145       1,402       (18 )
                         
Total debt
    1,220       1,451       (16 )
                         
Total redeemable noncontrolling interests
    7       7        
                         
Total noncontrolling interests
    32       24       33  
                         
Tenneco Inc. Shareholders’ equity
    (21 )     (251 )     92  
                         
Total equity
    11       (227 )     105  
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 1,238     $ 1,231       1  
                         
 
General.  Short-term debt, which includes maturities classified as current and borrowings by foreign subsidiaries, was $75 million and $49 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, which are classified as long-term debt, were $0 million and $239 million as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
 
The 2009 increase in total equity resulted primarily from a $188 million increase in common stock due to the November 2009 public offering of 12 million shares of common stock at a price of $16.50 per share, a $79 million increase from translation of foreign balances into U.S. dollars, a $27 million increase in additional liability for pension and postretirement benefits offset by a net loss attributable to Tenneco Inc. of $73 million. While our shareholders’ equity balance was negative at December 31, 2009 and 2008, it had no effect on our business operations. We have no debt covenants that are based upon our book equity, and there are no other agreements that are adversely impacted by our negative book equity.
 
Overview.  Our financing arrangements are primarily provided by a committed senior secured financing arrangement with a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions. The arrangement is secured by substantially all our domestic assets and pledges of up to 66 percent of the stock of certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries, as well as guarantees by our material domestic subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2009, the senior credit facility consisted of a five-year, $133 million term loan A maturing in March 2012, a five-year, $550 million revolving credit facility maturing in March 2012, and a seven-year $130 million tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility maturing in March 2014. Our outstanding debt also includes $245 million of 101/4 percent senior secured notes due July 15, 2013, $250 million of 81/8 percent senior notes due November 15, 2015 and $500 million of 85/8 percent senior subordinated notes due November 15, 2014. At December 31, 2009 we had unused borrowing capacity of $630 million under our $680 million revolving credit facilities with $50 million in letters of credit outstanding and no borrowings.


54


Table of Contents

The term loan A facility is payable in twelve consecutive quarterly installments, commencing June 30, 2009 as follows: $6 million due each of June 30, September 30, December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, $15 million due each of June 30, September 30, December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, and $17 million due each of June 30, September 30, December 31, 2011 and March 16, 2012. Over the next twelve months we plan to repay $51 million of the senior term loan due 2012 by increasing our revolver borrowings which are classified as long-term debt. Accordingly, we have classified the $51 million repayment as long-term debt. The revolving credit facility requires that any amounts drawn be repaid by March 2012. Prior to that date, funds may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed under the revolving credit facility without premium or penalty. Letters of credit may be issued under the revolving credit facility.
 
The tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility requires repayment by March 2014. We can borrow revolving loans and issue letters of credit under the $130 million tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility. The tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility is reflected as debt on our balance sheet only if we borrow money under this facility or if we use the facility to make payments for letters of credit. There is no additional cost to us for issuing letters of credit under the tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility. However, outstanding letters of credit reduce our availability to borrow revolving loans under this portion of the facility. We pay the tranche B-1 lenders interest equal to LIBOR plus a margin, which is offset by the return on the funds deposited with the administrative agent by the lenders which earn interest at an annual rate approximately equal to LIBOR less 25 basis points. Outstanding revolving loans reduce the funds on deposit with the administrative agent which in turn reduce the earnings of those deposits.
 
On February 23, 2009, in light of the then challenging macroeconomic environment and auto production outlook, we amended our senior credit facility to increase the allowable consolidated net leverage ratio (consolidated indebtedness net of cash divided by consolidated EBITDA as defined in the senior credit facility agreement) and reduce the allowable consolidated interest coverage ratio (consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense as defined in the senior credit facility agreement). These changes are detailed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Senior Credit Facility — Other Terms and Conditions.”
 
Beginning February 23, 2009, and following each fiscal quarter thereafter, the margin we pay on borrowings under our term loan A and revolving credit facility incurred interest at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin of 550 basis points, or (ii) a rate consisting of the greater of (a) the JPMorgan Chase prime rate plus a margin of 450 basis points, and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 50 basis points plus a margin of 450 basis points. The margin we pay on these borrowings will be reduced by 50 basis points following each fiscal quarter for which our consolidated net leverage ratio is less than 5.0, and will be further reduced by an additional 50 basis points following each fiscal quarter for which the consolidated net leverage ratio is less than 4.0.
 
Also beginning February 23, 2009, and following each fiscal quarter thereafter, the margin we pay on borrowings under our tranche B-1 facility incurred interest at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin of 550 basis points, or (ii) a rate consisting of the greater of (a) the JPMorgan Chase prime rate plus a margin of 450 basis points, and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 50 basis points plus a margin of 450 basis points. The margin we pay on these borrowings will be reduced by 50 basis points following each fiscal quarter for which our consolidated net leverage ratio is less than 5.0.
 
The February 23, 2009, amendment to our senior credit facility also placed further restrictions on our operations including limitations on: (i) debt incurrence, (ii) incremental loan extensions, (iii) liens, (iv) restricted payments, (v) optional prepayments of junior debt, (vi) investments, (vii) acquisitions, and (viii) mandatory prepayments. The definition of EBIDTA was amended to allow for $40 million of cash restructuring charges taken after the date of the amendment and $4 million annually in aftermarket changeover costs. We agreed to pay each consenting lender a fee. The lender fee plus amendment costs were paid in February 2009 and approximated $8 million.
 
On December 23, 2008, we amended our senior secured credit facility leverage covenant effective for the fourth quarter of 2008 which increased the consolidated net leverage ratio (consolidated indebtedness net of cash divided by consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit facility agreement) by increasing the


55


Table of Contents

maximum ratio to 4.25 from 4.0. We also agreed to increase the margin we pay on the borrowings from 1.50 percent to 3.00 percent on revolver loans, term loan A and tranche B-1 loans; from 0.50 percent to 2.00 percent on prime based loans; from 1.00 percent to 2.50 percent on Federal Funds based loans and from 0.35 percent to 0.50 percent on the commitment fee associated with the facility. In addition, we agreed to pay each consenting lender a fee. The lender fee plus amendment costs were approximately $3 million and were paid in December 2008.
 
In December 2008, we terminated the fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps we entered into in April 2004. The change in the market value of these swaps was recorded as part of interest expense with an offset to other long-term assets or liabilities.
 
Senior Credit Facility — Interest Rates and Fees.  Borrowings and letters of credit issued under the senior credit facility bear interest at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin as set forth in the table below; or (ii) a rate consisting of the greater of the JPMorgan Chase prime rate or the Federal Funds rate, plus a margin as set forth in the table below:
 
                                                         
    For the Period  
    4/3/2006
    3/16/2007
    12/24/2008
    2/23/2009
    3/2/2009
    5/15/2009
       
    thru
    thru
    thru
    thru
    thru
    thru
    Beginning
 
    3/15/2007     12/23/2008     2/22/2009     3/1/2009     5/14/2009     8/13/2009     8/14/2009  
 
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Revolving Loans
    2.75 %     1.50 %     3.00 %     5.50 %     4.50 %     5.00 %     5.50 %
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Term Loan B Loans
    2.00 %     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Term Loan A Loans
    N/A       1.50 %     3.00 %     5.50 %     4.50 %     5.00 %     5.50 %
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Tranche B-1 Loans
    2.00 %     1.50 %     3.00 %     5.50 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     5.50 %
Applicable Margin for Prime-based Loans
    1.75 %     0.50 %     2.00 %     4.50 %     3.50 %     4.00 %     4.50 %
Applicable Margin for Federal Funds based Loans
    2.125 %     1.00 %     2.50 %     5.00 %     4.00 %     4.50 %     5.00 %
Commitment Fee
    0.375 %     0.35 %     0.50 %     0.75 %     0.50 %     0.50 %     0.75 %
 
Senior Credit Facility — Other Terms and Conditions.  As described above, we are highly leveraged. Our senior credit facility requires that we maintain financial ratios equal to or better than the following consolidated net leverage ratio (consolidated indebtedness net of cash divided by consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit facility agreement), and consolidated interest coverage ratio (consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense, as defined under the senior credit facility agreement) at the end of each period indicated. Failure to maintain these ratios will result in a default under our senior credit facility. The financial ratios required under the amended and restated senior credit facility and, the actual ratios we achieved for four quarters of 2009, are as follows:
 
                                                                 
    Quarter Ended
    March 31,
  June 30,
  September 30,
  December 31,
    2009   2009   2009   2009
    Req.   Act.   Req.   Act.   Req.   Act.   Req.   Act.
 
Leverage Ratio (maximum)
    5.50       4.72       7.35       5.77       7.90       5.16       6.60       3.43  
Interest Coverage Ratio (minimum)
    2.25       2.91       1.85       2.21       1.55       2.17       1.60       2.48  


56


Table of Contents

The financial ratios required under the senior credit facility for 2010 and beyond are set forth below.
 
                 
          Interest
 
    Leverage
    Coverage
 
Period Ending
  Ratio     Ratio  
 
March 31, 2010
    5.50       2.00  
June 30, 2010
    5.00       2.25  
September 30, 2010
    4.75       2.30  
December 31, 2010
    4.50       2.35  
March 31, 2011
    4.00       2.55  
June 30, 2011
    3.75       2.55  
September 30, 2011
    3.50       2.55  
December 31, 2011
    3.50       2.55  
Each quarter thereafter
    3.50       2.75  
 
The senior credit facility agreement provides the ability to refinance our senior subordinated notes and/or our senior secured notes (i) in exchange for permitted refinancing indebtedness (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement); (ii) in exchange for shares of common stock; or (iii) in an amount equal to the sum of (A) the net cash proceeds of equity issued after March 16, 2007, plus (B) the portion of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement) that is not required to be applied to the payment of the credit facilities and which is not used for other purposes, provided that the amount of the subordinated notes and the aggregate amount of the senior secured notes and the subordinated notes that may be refinanced is capped based upon the pro forma consolidated leverage ratio after giving effect to such refinancing as shown in the following table:
 
                 
          Senior Subordinated
 
          Notes and Senior
 
    Senior Subordinated
    Secured Notes
 
    Notes Aggregate
    Aggregate
 
Proforma Consolidated Leverage Ratio
  Maximum Amount     Maximum Amount  
    (Millions)  
 
Greater than or equal to 3.0x
  $ 0     $ 10  
Greater than or equal to 2.5x
  $ 100     $ 300  
Less than 2.5x
  $ 125     $ 375  
 
In addition, the senior secured notes may be refinanced with (i) the net cash proceeds of incremental facilities and permitted refinancing indebtedness (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement), (ii) shares of common stock, (iii) the net cash proceeds of any new senior or subordinated unsecured indebtedness, (iv) proceeds of revolving credit loans (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement), (v) up to €200 million of unsecured indebtedness of the company’s foreign subsidiaries and (vi) cash generated by the company’s operations provided that the amount of the senior secured notes that may be refinanced is capped based upon the pro forma consolidated leverage ratio after giving effect to such refinancing as shown in the following table:
 
         
    Aggregate Senior and
 
    Subordinate Note
 
Proforma Consolidated Leverage Ratio
  Maximum Amount  
    (Millions)  
 
Greater than or equal to 3.0x
  $ 10  
Greater than or equal to 2.5x
  $ 300  
Less than 2.5x
  $ 375  
 
The senior credit facility agreement also contains restrictions on our operations that are customary for similar facilities, including limitations on: (i) incurring additional liens; (ii) sale and leaseback transactions (except for the permitted transactions as described in the amended and restated agreement); (iii) liquidations and dissolutions; (iv) incurring additional indebtedness or guarantees; (v) investments and acquisitions; (vi) dividends and share repurchases; (vii) mergers and consolidations; and (viii) refinancing of subordinated and 101/4 percent senior secured notes. Compliance with these requirements and restrictions is a condition for


57


Table of Contents

any incremental borrowings under the senior credit facility agreement and failure to meet these requirements enables the lenders to require repayment of any outstanding loans. As of December 31, 2009, we were in compliance with all the financial covenants and operational restrictions of the facility. Our senior credit facility does not contain any terms that could accelerate payment of the facility or affect pricing under the facility as a result of a credit rating agency downgrade.
 
Senior Secured, Senior and Subordinated Notes.  As of December 31, 2009, our outstanding debt includes $245 million of 101/4 percent senior secured notes due July 15, 2013, $250 million of 81/8 percent senior notes due November 15, 2015, and $500 million of 85/8 percent senior subordinated notes due November 15, 2014. We can redeem some or all of the notes at any time after July 15, 2008 in the case of the senior secured notes, November 15, 2009 in the case of the senior subordinated notes and November 15, 2011 in the case of the senior notes. If we sell certain of our assets or experience specified kinds of changes in control, we must offer to repurchase the notes. We are permitted to redeem up to 35 percent of the senior notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings completed before November 15, 2010.
 
Our senior secured, senior and senior subordinated notes require that, as a condition precedent to incurring certain types of indebtedness not otherwise permitted, our consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, as calculated on a pro forma basis, be greater than 2.00. We have not incurred any of the types of indebtedness not otherwise permitted by the indentures. The indentures also contain restrictions on our operations, including limitations on: (i) incurring additional indebtedness or liens; (ii) dividends; (iii) distributions and stock repurchases; (iv) investments; (v) asset sales and (vi) mergers and consolidations. Subject to limited exceptions, all of our existing and future material domestic wholly owned subsidiaries fully and unconditionally guarantee these notes on a joint and several basis. In addition, the senior secured notes and related guarantees are secured by second priority liens, subject to specified exceptions, on all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ assets that secure obligations under our senior credit facility, except that only a portion of the capital stock of our subsidiary guarantors’ domestic subsidiaries is provided as collateral and no assets or capital stock of our direct or indirect foreign subsidiaries secure the notes or guarantees. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the subsidiaries that have guaranteed these notes to make distributions to us. The senior subordinated notes rank junior in right of payment to our senior credit facility and any future senior debt incurred. As of December 31, 2009, we were in compliance with the covenants and restrictions of these indentures.
 
Accounts Receivable Securitization.  In addition to our senior credit facility, senior secured notes, senior notes and senior subordinated notes, we also sell some of our accounts receivable on a nonrecourse basis in North America and Europe. In North America, we have an accounts receivable securitization program with two commercial banks. We sell original equipment and aftermarket receivables on a daily basis under the bank program. We had sold accounts receivable under the bank program of $62 million and $101 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. This program is subject to cancellation prior to its maturity date if we (i) fail to pay interest or principal payments on an amount of indebtedness exceeding $50 million, (ii) default on the financial covenant ratios under the senior credit facility, or (iii) fail to maintain certain financial ratios in connection with the accounts receivable securitization program. In February 2010, the U.S. program was amended and extended to February 18, 2011 at a facility size of $100 million. As part of the renewal, the margin we pay the banks decreased. We also sell some receivables in our European operations to regional banks in Europe. At December 31, 2009, we had sold $75 million of accounts receivable in Europe down from $78 million at December 31, 2008. The arrangements to sell receivables in Europe are provided under seven separate arrangements, by various financial institutions in each of the foreign jurisdictions. The commitments for these arrangements are generally for one year but some may be cancelled with 90 day notice prior to renewal. In some instances, the arrangement provides for cancellation by financial institution at any time upon 15 days, or less, notification. If we were not able to sell receivables under either the North American or European securitization programs, our borrowings under our revolving credit agreements may increase. These accounts receivable securitization programs provide us with access to cash at costs that are generally favorable to alternative sources of financing, and allow us to reduce borrowings under our revolving credit agreements.


58


Table of Contents

Capital Requirements.  We believe that cash flow from operations, combined with available borrowing capacity described above, assuming that we maintain compliance with the financial covenants and other requirements of our loan agreement, will be sufficient to meet our future capital requirements for the following year. Our ability to meet the financial covenants depends upon a number of operational and economic factors, many of which are beyond our control. Factors that could impact our ability to comply with the financial covenants include the rate at which consumers continue to buy new vehicles and the rate at which they continue to repair vehicles already in service, as well as our ability to successfully implement our restructuring plans and operate at historically low production rates. Further deterioration in North American vehicle production levels, weakening in the global aftermarket, or a further reduction in vehicle production levels in Europe, beyond our expectations, could impact our ability to meet our financial covenant ratios. In the event that we are unable to meet these financial covenants, we would consider several options to meet our cash flow needs. Such actions include additional restructuring initiatives and other cost reductions, sales of assets, reductions to working capital and capital spending, issuance of equity and other alternatives to enhance our financial and operating position. Should we be required to implement any of these actions to meet our cash flow needs, we believe we can do so in a reasonable time frame.
 
Contractual Obligations.
 
Our remaining required debt principal amortization and payment obligations under lease and certain other financial commitments as of December 31, 2009 are shown in the following table:
 
                                                         
    Payments due in:  
                                  Beyond
       
    2010     2011     2012     2013     2014     2014     Total  
    (Millions)  
 
Obligations:
                                                       
Revolver borrowings
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
Senior term loans
    50       66       17                         133  
Senior secured notes
                1       245                   246  
Senior subordinated notes
                            500             500  
Senior notes
                                  250       250  
Customer notes
    2       1       1       2                   6  
Capital leases
    4                                     4  
Other subsidiary debt
    1       1       1       1       1       3       8  
Short-term debt
    69                                     69  
                                                         
Debt and capital lease obligations
    126       68       20       248       501       253       1,216  
Operating leases
    19       15       11       6       3       13       67  
Interest payments
    107       104       97       84       60       20       472  
Capital commitments
    36                                     36  
                                                         
Total Payments
  $ 288     $ 187     $ 128     $ 338     $ 564     $ 286     $ 1,791  
                                                         
 
If we do not maintain compliance with the terms of our senior credit facility, senior secured notes indenture, senior notes indenture and senior subordinated notes indenture described above, all amounts under those arrangements could, automatically or at the option of the lenders or other debt holders, become due. Additionally, each of those facilities contains provisions that certain events of default under one facility will constitute a default under the other facility, allowing the acceleration of all amounts due. We currently expect to maintain compliance with terms of all of our various credit agreements for the foreseeable future.
 
Included in our contractual obligations is the amount of interest to be paid on our long-term debt. As our debt structure contains both fixed and variable rate obligations, we have made assumptions in calculating the amount of future interest payments. Interest on our senior secured notes, senior subordinated notes, and senior notes is calculated using the fixed rates of 101/4 percent, 85/8 percent, and 81/8 percent respectively. Interest on


59


Table of Contents

our variable rate debt is calculated as LIBOR plus the applicable margin in effect at December 31, 2009 for the Eurodollar, term loan A and tranche B-1 loans and prime plus the applicable margin in effect on December 31, 2009 on the prime-based loans. We have assumed that both LIBOR and the prime rate will remain unchanged for the outlying years. See “— Capitalization.”
 
We have also included an estimate of expenditures required after December 31, 2009 to complete the projects authorized at December 31, 2009, in which we have made substantial commitments in connection with purchasing plant, property and equipment for our operations. For 2010, we expect our capital expenditures to be about $160 million to $170 million.
 
We have not included purchase obligations as part of our contractual obligations as we generally do not enter into long-term agreements with our suppliers. In addition, the agreements we currently have do not specify the volumes we are required to purchase. If any commitment is provided, in many cases the agreements state only the minimum percentage of our purchase requirements we must buy from the supplier. As a result, these purchase obligations fluctuate from year-to-year and we are not able to quantify the amount of our future obligation.
 
We have not included material cash requirements for unrecognized tax benefits or taxes as we are a taxpayer in certain foreign jurisdictions but not in the U.S. Additionally, it is difficult to estimate taxes to be paid as changes in where we generate income can have a significant impact on future tax payments. We have also not included cash requirements for funding pension and postretirement benefit costs. Based upon current estimates, we believe we will be required to make contributions of approximately $64 million to those plans in 2010. Pension and postretirement contributions beyond 2010 will be required but those amounts will vary based upon many factors, including the performance of our pension fund investments during 2010. In addition, we have not included cash requirements for environmental remediation. Based upon current estimates we believe we will be required to spend approximately $23 million over the next 20 to 30 years. However, due to possible modifications in remediation processes and other factors, it is difficult to determine the actual timing of the payments. See “— Environmental and Other Matters.”
 
We occasionally provide guarantees that could require us to make future payments in the event that the third party primary obligor does not make its required payments. We have not recorded a liability for any of these guarantees.
 
Additionally, we have from time to time issued guarantees for the performance of obligations by some of our subsidiaries, and some of our subsidiaries have guaranteed our debt. All of our existing and future material domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries fully and unconditionally guarantee our senior credit facility, our senior secured notes, our senior notes and our senior subordinated notes on a joint and several basis. The arrangement for the senior credit facility is also secured by first-priority liens on substantially all our domestic assets and pledges of up to 66 percent of the stock of certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries. Our $245 million senior secured notes are also secured by second-priority liens on substantially all our domestic assets, excluding some of the stock of our domestic subsidiaries. No assets or capital stock of our direct or indirect foreign subsidiaries secure these notes. You should also read Note 14 of the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc., where we present the Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements.
 
We have issued guarantees through letters of credit in connection with some obligations of our affiliates. As of December 31, 2009, we have $50 million in letters of credit to support some of our subsidiaries’ insurance arrangements, foreign employee benefit programs, environmental remediation activities and cash management and capital requirements.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Preparing our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the


60


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The following paragraphs include a discussion of some critical areas where estimates are required.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We recognize revenue for sales to our original equipment and aftermarket customers when title and risk of loss passes to the customers under the terms of our arrangements with those customers, which is usually at the time of shipment from our plants or distribution centers. In connection with the sale of exhaust systems to certain original equipment manufacturers, we purchase catalytic converters and diesel particulate filters or components thereof including precious metals (“substrates”) on behalf of our customers which are used in the assembled system. These substrates are included in our inventory and “passed through” to the customer at our cost, plus a small margin, since we take title to the inventory and are responsible for both the delivery and quality of the finished product. Revenues recognized for substrate sales were $966 million, $1,492 million and $1,673 million for 2009, 2008, and 2007 respectively. For our aftermarket customers, we provide for promotional incentives and returns at the time of sale. Estimates are based upon the terms of the incentives and historical experience with returns. Certain taxes assessed by governmental authorities on revenue producing transactions, such as value added taxes, are excluded from revenue and recorded on a net basis. Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included in revenues and the related costs are included in cost of sales in our Statements of Income (Loss).
 
Warranty Reserves
 
Where we have offered product warranty, we also provide for warranty costs. Those estimates are based upon historical experience and upon specific warranty issues as they arise. While we have not experienced any material differences between these estimates and our actual costs, it is reasonably possible that future warranty issues could arise that could have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Engineering, Research and Development
 
We expense engineering, research, and development costs as they are incurred. Engineering, research, and development expenses were $97 million for 2009, $127 million for 2008 and $114 million for 2007, net of reimbursements from our customers. Of these amounts, $10 million in 2009, $18 million in 2008 and $20 million in 2007 relate to research and development, which includes the research, design, and development of a new unproven product or process. Additionally, $61 million, $80 million and $62 million of engineering, research, and development expense for 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, relates to engineering costs we incurred for application of existing products and processes to vehicle platforms. The remainder of the expenses in each year relate to improvements and enhancements to existing products and processes. Reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts in each engineering cost category to be consistent with current year classification. Further, our customers reimburse us for engineering, research, and development costs on some platforms when we prepare prototypes and incur costs before platform awards. Our engineering, research, and development expense for 2009, 2008, and 2007 has been reduced by $104 million, $120 million and $72 million, respectively, for these reimbursements.
 
Pre-production Design and Development and Tooling Assets
 
We expense pre-production design and development costs as incurred unless we have a contractual guarantee for reimbursement from the original equipment customer. Unbilled pre-production design and development costs recorded in prepayments and other and long-term receivables was $14 million and $12 million on December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. In addition, plant, property and equipment included $49 million and $53 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for original equipment tools and dies that we own, and prepayments and other included $50 million and $22 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for in-process tools and dies that we are building for our original equipment customers.


61


Table of Contents

Income Taxes
 
We evaluate our deferred income taxes quarterly to determine if valuation allowances are required or should be adjusted. U.S. GAAP requires that companies assess whether valuation allowances should be established against their deferred tax assets based on consideration of all available evidence, both positive and negative, using a “more likely than not” standard. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and amount of recent losses, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, and tax planning strategies. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified.
 
Valuation allowances have been established for deferred tax assets based on a “more likely than not” threshold. The ability to realize deferred tax assets depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward periods provided for in the tax law for each tax jurisdiction. We have considered the following possible sources of taxable income when assessing the realization of our deferred tax assets:
 
  •  Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
 
  •  Taxable income or loss, based on recent results, exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; and
 
  •  Tax-planning strategies.
 
In 2009, we recorded income tax expense of $13 million. Computed using the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate of 35 percent, income tax would be a benefit of $14 million. The difference is due primarily to valuation allowances against deferred tax assets generated by 2009 losses in the U.S. and in certain foreign countries which we cannot benefit, partially offset by adjustments to past valuation allowances for deferred tax assets including a reversal of $20 million of U.S. valuation allowance based on the change in the fair value of a tax planning strategy. In evaluating the requirements to record a valuation allowance, accounting standards do not permit us to consider an economic recovery in the U.S. or new business we have won in the commercial vehicle segment. Consequently, beginning in 2008, given our historical losses, we concluded that our ability to fully utilize our NOLs was limited due to projecting the continuation of the negative economic environment and the impact of the negative operating environment on our tax planning strategies. As a result of the tax planning strategy which has not yet been implemented but which we plan to implement and which does not depend upon generating future taxable income, we carry deferred tax assets in the U.S. of $90 million relating to the expected utilization of those NOLs. The federal NOLs expire beginning in 2020 through 2029. The state NOLs expire in various years through 2029.
 
If our operating performance improves on a sustained basis, our conclusion regarding the need for a valuation allowance could change, resulting in the reversal of some or all of the valuation allowance in the future. The charge to establish the U.S. valuation allowance also includes items related to the losses allocable to certain state jurisdictions where it was determined that tax attributes related to those jurisdictions were potentially not realizable.
 
We are required to record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets generated by taxable losses in each period in the U.S. as well as in other foreign countries. Our future provision for income taxes will include no tax benefit with respect to losses incurred and no tax expense with respect to income generated in these jurisdictions until the respective valuation allowance is eliminated. This will cause variability in our effective tax rate.
 
Goodwill, net
 
We evaluate goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if events indicate it is warranted. We compare the estimated fair value of our reporting units with goodwill to the carrying value of the unit’s assets and liabilities to determine if impairment exists within the recorded balance of goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using the income approach which is based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. The income approach is dependent on a number of factors, including estimates of market trends, forecasted revenues and expenses, capital expenditures, weighted average


62


Table of Contents

cost of capital and other variables. These estimates are based on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2009, estimated fair value of each of our reporting units significantly exceeded the carrying value of its assets and liabilities. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the fair value also exceeded the carrying value for all of our reporting units with the exception of our North America Original Equipment Ride Control reporting unit whose carrying value exceeded the estimated fair value. We were required to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill of the North America Original Equipment Ride Control reporting unit by allocating the estimated fair value to the assets and liabilities of this reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the acquisition price. As a result of this testing, we determined that the remaining amount of goodwill related to our elastomer business acquired in 1996 was impaired due to the significant decline in light vehicle production in 2008 and anticipated in future periods. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $114 million during the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits
 
We have various defined benefit pension plans that cover some of our employees. We also have postretirement health care and life insurance plans that cover some of our domestic employees. Our pension and postretirement health care and life insurance expenses and valuations are dependent on assumptions used by our actuaries in calculating those amounts. These assumptions include discount rates, health care cost trend rates, long-term return on plan assets, retirement rates, mortality rates and other factors. Health care cost trend rate assumptions are developed based on historical cost data and an assessment of likely long-term trends. Retirement rates are based primarily on actual plan experience while mortality rates are based upon the general population experience which is not expected to differ materially from our experience.
 
Our approach to establishing the discount rate assumption for both our domestic and foreign plans starts with high-quality investment-grade bonds adjusted for an incremental yield based on actual historical performance. This incremental yield adjustment is the result of selecting securities whose yields are higher than the “normal” bonds that comprise the index. Based on this approach, we lowered the weighted average discount rate for all of our pension plans to 6.0 percent in 2009 from 6.2 percent in 2008. The discount rate for our postretirement benefits was also lowered to 6.1 percent for 2009 from 6.2 percent in 2008.
 
Our approach to determining expected return on plan asset assumptions evaluates both historical returns as well as estimates of future returns, and is adjusted for any expected changes in the long-term outlook for the equity and fixed income markets. As a result, our estimate of the weighted average long-term rate of return on plan assets for all of our pension plans was lowered to 7.8 percent for 2009 from 7.9 percent for 2008.
 
Except in the U.K., our pension plans generally do not require employee contributions. Our policy is to fund our pension plans in accordance with applicable U.S. and foreign government regulations and to make additional payments as funds are available to achieve full funding of the accumulated benefit obligation. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, all legal funding requirements had been met. Other postretirement benefit obligations, such as retiree medical, and certain foreign pension plans are funded as the obligations become due.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Footnote 1 to the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. located in Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplemental Data are incorporated herein by reference.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
 
We use derivative financial instruments, principally foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts with terms of less than one year, to hedge our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our primary exposure to changes in foreign currency rates results from intercompany loans made between affiliates to minimize the need for borrowings from third parties. Additionally, we enter into foreign currency forward


63


Table of Contents

purchase and sale contracts to mitigate our exposure to changes in exchange rates on certain intercompany and third-party trade receivables and payables. We manage counter-party credit risk by entering into derivative financial instruments with major financial institutions that can be expected to fully perform under the terms of such agreements. We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.
 
In managing our foreign currency exposures, we identify and aggregate existing offsetting positions and then hedge residual exposures through third-party derivative contracts. The following table summarizes by major currency the notional amounts, weighted-average settlement rates, and fair value for foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts as of December 31, 2009. The fair value of our foreign currency forward contracts is based on an internally developed model which incorporates observable inputs including quoted spot rates, forward exchange rates and discounted future expected cash flows utilizing market interest rates with similar quality and maturity characteristics. All contracts in the following table mature in 2010.
 
                                 
          December 31, 2009  
          Notional Amount
    Weighted Average
    Fair Value in
 
          in Foreign Currency     Settlement Rates     U.S. Dollars  
          (Millions Except Settlement Rates)  
 
Australian dollars
    —Purchase       82       .898     $ 73  
      —Sell       (39 )     .898       (35 )
British pounds
    —Purchase       10       1.598       16  
      —Sell       (10 )     1.598       (16 )
European euro
    —Purchase                    
      —Sell       (18 )     1.432       (26 )
South African rand
    —Purchase       329       0.135       44  
      —Sell       (63 )     0.135       (8 )
U.S. dollars
    —Purchase       41       1.000       41  
      —Sell       (98 )     1.000       (98 )
Other
    —Purchase       752       0.016       12  
      —Sell       (1 )     0.951       (1 )
                                 
                            $ 2  
                                 
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Our financial instruments that are sensitive to market risk for changes in interest rates are primarily our debt securities. We use our revolving credit facilities to finance our short-term and long-term capital requirements. We pay a current market rate of interest on these borrowings. Our long-term capital requirements have been financed with long-term debt with original maturity dates ranging from five to ten years. On December 31, 2009, we had $1.012 billion in long-term debt obligations that have fixed interest rates. Of that amount, $245 million is fixed through July 2013, $500 million is fixed through November 2014, $250 million is fixed through November 2015, and the remainder is fixed from 2010 through 2025. We also have $139 million in long-term debt obligations that are subject to variable interest rates. For more detailed explanations on our debt structure and senior credit facility refer to “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capitalization” earlier in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.
 
We estimate that the fair value of our long-term debt at December 31, 2009 was about 101 percent of its book value. A one percentage point increase or decrease in interest rates would increase or decrease the annual interest expense we recognize in the income statement and the cash we pay for interest expense by about $2 million.
 
Environmental and Other Matters
 
We are subject to a variety of environmental and pollution control laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which we operate. We expense or capitalize, as appropriate, expenditures for ongoing compliance with


64


Table of Contents

environmental regulations that relate to current operations. We expense costs related to an existing condition caused by past operations that do not contribute to current or future revenue generation. We record liabilities when environmental assessments indicate that remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Estimates of the liability are based upon currently available facts, existing technology, and presently enacted laws and regulations taking into consideration the likely effects of inflation and other societal and economic factors. We consider all available evidence including prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites, other companies’ cleanup experiences and data released by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or other organizations. These estimated liabilities are subject to revision in future periods based on actual costs or new information. Where future cash flows are fixed or reliably determinable, we have discounted the liabilities. All other environmental liabilities are recorded at their undiscounted amounts. We evaluate recoveries separately from the liability and, when they are assured, recoveries are recorded and reported separately from the associated liability in our consolidated financial statements.
 
As of December 31, 2009, we have the obligation to remediate or contribute towards the remediation of certain sites, including two existing Superfund sites. At December 31, our estimated share of environmental remediation costs at these sites was approximately $16 million, on a discounted basis. The undiscounted value of the estimated remediation costs was $23 million. For those locations in which the liability was discounted, the weighted average discount rate used was 3.6 percent. Based on information known to us, we have established reserves that we believe are adequate for these costs. Although we believe these estimates of remediation costs are reasonable and are based on the latest available information, the costs are estimates and are subject to revision as more information becomes available about the extent of remediation required. At some sites, we expect that other parties will contribute towards the remediation costs. In addition, certain environmental statutes provide that our liability could be joint and several, meaning that we could be required to pay in excess of our share of remediation costs. Our understanding of the financial strength of other potentially responsible parties at these sites has been considered, where appropriate, in our determination of our estimated liability.
 
The $16 million noted above includes $5 million of estimated environmental remediation costs that result from the bankruptcy of Mark IV Industries in 2009. Prior to our 1996 acquisition of The Pullman Company, Pullman had sold certain assets to Mark IV. As partial consideration for the purchase of these assets, Mark IV agreed to assume Pullman’s and its subsidiaries’ historical obligations to contribute to the environmental remediation of certain sites. Mark IV has filed a petition for insolvency under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code and notified Pullman that it no longer intends to continue to contribute toward the remediation of those sites. We are conducting a thorough analysis and review of these matters and it is possible that our estimate may change as additional information becomes available to us.
 
We do not believe that any potential costs associated with our current status as a potentially responsible party in the Superfund sites, or as a liable party at the other locations referenced herein, will be material to our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
We also from time to time are involved in legal proceedings, claims or investigations that are incidental to the conduct of our business. Some of these proceedings allege damages against us relating to environmental liabilities (including toxic tort, property damage and remediation), intellectual property matters (including patent, trademark and copyright infringement, and licensing disputes), personal injury claims (including injuries due to product failure, design or warning issues, and other product liability related matters), taxes, employment matters, and commercial or contractual disputes, sometimes related to acquisitions or divestitures. For example, one of our Argentine subsidiaries is currently defending against a criminal complaint alleging the failure to comply with laws requiring the proceeds of export transactions to be collected, reported and/or converted to local currency within specified time periods. As another example, we have recently become subject to an audit in 11 states of our practices with respect to the payment of unclaimed property to those states. We have practices in place designed to ensure that we pay unclaimed property as required. We are in the early stages of this audit, which could cover over 20 years. We vigorously defend ourselves against all of these claims. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved on unfavorable terms. However, although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based on current information, including our assessment of the merits of the


65


Table of Contents

particular claim, we do not expect that these legal proceedings or claims will have any material adverse impact on our future consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In addition, we are subject to a number of lawsuits initiated by claimants alleging health problems as a result of exposure to asbestos. In the early 2000’s we were named in nearly 20,000 complaints, most of which were filed in Mississippi state court and the vast majority of which made no allegations of exposure to asbestos from our product categories. Most of these claims have been dismissed and our current docket of active and inactive cases is less than 500 cases nationwide. A small number of claims have been asserted by railroad workers alleging exposure to asbestos products in railroad cars manufactured by The Pullman Company, one of our subsidiaries. The balance of the claims is related to alleged exposure to asbestos in our automotive emission control products. Only a small percentage of the claimants allege that they were automobile mechanics and a significant number appear to involve workers in other industries or otherwise do not include sufficient information to determine whether there is any basis for a claim against us. We believe, based on scientific and other evidence, it is unlikely that mechanics were exposed to asbestos by our former muffler products and that, in any event, they would not be at increased risk of asbestos-related disease based on their work with these products. Further, many of these cases involve numerous defendants, with the number of each in some cases exceeding 100 defendants from a variety of industries. Additionally, the plaintiffs either do not specify any, or specify the jurisdictional minimum, dollar amount for damages. As major asbestos manufacturers continue to go out of business or file for bankruptcy, we may experience an increased number of these claims. We vigorously defend ourselves against these claims as part of our ordinary course of business. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved unfavorably to us. To date, with respect to claims that have proceeded sufficiently through the judicial process, we have regularly achieved favorable resolution. Accordingly, we presently believe that these asbestos-related claims will not have a material adverse impact on our future consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plans
 
We have established Employee Stock Ownership Plans for the benefit of our domestic employees. Under the plans, subject to limitations in the Internal Revenue Code, participants may elect to defer up to 75 percent of their salary through contributions to the plan, which are invested in selected mutual funds or used to buy our common stock. We match in cash 50 percent of each employee’s contribution up to eight percent of the employee’s salary. In 2009, we temporarily discontinued these matching contributions as a result of the recent global economic downturn. We restored the matching contributions to salaried and non-union hourly U.S. employees beginning on January 1, 2010. In connection with freezing the defined benefit pension plans for nearly all U.S. based salaried and non-union hourly employees effective December 31, 2006, and the related replacement of those defined benefit plans with defined contribution plans, we are making additional contributions to the Employee Stock Ownership Plans. We recorded expense for these contributions of $10 million, $18 million, and $17 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively. Matching contributions vest immediately. Defined benefit replacement contributions fully vest on the employee’s third anniversary of employment.
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
 
The section entitled “Derivative Financial Instruments” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” is incorporated herein by reference.


66


 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TENNECO INC.
AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
 
         
    Page
 
    68  
    69  
    71  
    72  
    73  
    74  
    75  
    78  
    131  


67


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Management of Tenneco Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Management’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error or circumvention or overriding of controls. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements in financial reporting. Further, due to changing conditions and adherence to established policies and controls, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.
 
Management assessed the company’s effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.
 
Based on our assessment we have concluded that the company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009.
 
Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.
 
February 26, 2010


68


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Tenneco Inc.:
 
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Tenneco Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), cash flows, changes in shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 2009, and our report dated February 26, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s adoption of the new measurement date provisions for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans, effective January 1, 2007.
 
Deloitte & Touche llp
Chicago, Illinois
February 26, 2010


69


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Tenneco Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tenneco Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), cash flows, changes in shareholders’ equity, and comprehensive income (loss) for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 8. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
As discussed in Note 10, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the new measurement date provisions for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Deloitte & Touche llp
Chicago, Illinois
February 26, 2010


70


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions Except Share and Per Share Amounts)  
 
Revenues
                       
Net sales and operating revenues
  $ 4,649     $ 5,916     $ 6,184  
                         
Costs and expenses
                       
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)
    3,875       5,063       5,210  
Goodwill impairment charge
          114        
Engineering, research, and development
    97       127       114  
Selling, general, and administrative
    344       392       399  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    221       222       205  
                         
      4,537       5,918       5,928  
                         
Other income (expense)
                       
Loss on sale of receivables
    (9 )     (10 )     (10 )
Other income (expense)
    (11 )     9       6  
                         
      (20 )     (1 )     (4 )
                         
Income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, and noncontrolling interests
    92       (3 )     252  
Interest expense (net of interest capitalized of $4 million, $6 million and $6 million, respectively)
    133       113       164  
Income tax expense
    13       289       83  
                         
Net income (loss)
    (54 )     (405 )     5  
                         
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    19       10       10  
                         
Net loss attributable to Tenneco, Inc. 
  $ (73 )   $ (415 )   $ (5 )
                         
Earnings (loss) per share
                       
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding —
                       
Basic
    48,572,463       46,406,095       45,809,730  
Diluted
    48,572,463       46,406,095       45,809,730  
Basic loss per share of common stock
  $ (1.50 )   $ (8.95 )   $ (0.11 )
Diluted loss per share of common stock
  $ (1.50 )   $ (8.95 )   $ (0.11 )
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these statements of income (loss).


71


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Millions)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 167     $ 126  
Receivables —
               
Customer notes and accounts, net
    572       529  
Other
    24       45  
Inventories
    428       513  
Deferred income taxes
    35       18  
Prepayments and other
    167       107  
                 
Total Current Assets
    1,393       1,338  
                 
Other assets:
               
Long-term receivables, net
    8       11  
Goodwill
    89       95  
Intangibles, net
    30       26  
Deferred income taxes
    100       88  
Other
    111       125  
                 
      338       345  
                 
Plant, property, and equipment, at cost
    3,099       2,960  
Less — Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (1,989 )     (1,815 )
                 
      1,110       1,145  
                 
    $ 2,841     $ 2,828  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Short-term debt (including current maturities of long-term debt)
  $ 75     $ 49  
Trade payables
    766       790  
Accrued taxes
    36       30  
Accrued interest
    22       22  
Accrued liabilities
    257       201  
Other
    45       65  
                 
Total current liabilities
    1,201       1,157  
                 
Long-term debt
    1,145       1,402  
                 
Deferred income taxes
    66       51  
                 
Postretirement benefits
    331       377  
                 
Deferred credits and other liabilities
    80       61  
                 
Commitments and contingencies
               
Total liabilities
    2,823       3,048  
                 
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
    7       7  
                 
Tenneco Inc. Shareholders’ equity:
               
Common stock
    1        
Premium on common stock and other capital surplus
    3,005       2,809  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (212 )     (318 )
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
    (2,575 )     (2,502 )
                 
      219       (11 )
Less — Shares held as treasury stock, at cost
    240       240  
                 
Total Tenneco Inc. shareholders’ equity
    (21 )     (251 )
                 
Noncontrolling interests
    32       24  
                 
Total equity
    11       (227 )
                 
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity
  $ 2,841     $ 2,828  
                 
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these balance sheets.


72


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Operating Activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (54 )   $ (405 )   $ 5  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities —
                       
Depreciation and amortization of other intangibles
    221       222       205  
Goodwill impairment charge
          114        
Deferred income taxes
    (24 )     204       25  
Stock-based compensation
    7       10       9  
Loss on sale of assets
    9       10       8  
Changes in components of working capital —
                       
(Increase) decrease in receivables
    (8 )     126       (116 )
(Increase) decrease in inventories
    101       19       (66 )
(Increase) decrease in prepayments and other current assets
    (55 )     1       15  
Increase (decrease) in payables
    (2 )     (181 )     100  
Increase (decrease) in accrued taxes
    10       4       (25 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest
    (1 )           (10 )
Increase (decrease) in other current liabilities
    20             19  
Change in long-term assets
    10       16       6  
Change in long-term liabilities
    2       19       (13 )
Other
    5       1       (4 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    241       160       158  
                         
Investing Activities
                       
Proceeds from sale of assets
    5       3       10  
Cash payments for plant, property, and equipment
    (120 )     (233 )     (177 )
Cash payments for software related intangible assets
    (6 )     (15 )     (19 )
Cash payment for net assets purchased
                (16 )
Acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired)
    1       (16 )      
Investments and other
    1              
                         
Net cash used by investing activities
    (119 )     (261 )     (202 )
                         
Financing Activities
                       
Issuance of common shares
    188       2       8  
Issuance of long-term debt
    6       1       400  
Debt issuance costs on long-term debt
    (8 )     (2 )     (11 )
Increase (decrease) in bank overdrafts
    (23 )     (1 )     7  
Retirement of long-term debt
    (22 )     (6 )     (591 )
Net increase (decrease) in revolver borrowings and short-term debt excluding current maturities of long-term debt
    (218 )     77       183  
Distribution to noncontrolling interests partners
    (10 )     (13 )     (6 )
                         
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (87 )     58       (10 )
                         
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    6       (19 )     40  
                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    41       (62 )     (14 )
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1
    126       188       202  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31 (Note)
  $ 167     $ 126     $ 188  
                         
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
                       
Cash paid during the year for interest
  $ 131     $ 117     $ 177  
Cash paid during the year for income taxes (net of refunds)
    38       62       60  
Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities
                       
Period ended balance of payables for plant, property, and equipment
  $ 26     $ 28     $ 40  
Assumption of debt from business acquisition
          10        
 
 
Note:  Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these statements of cash flows.


73


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  
    (Millions Except Share Amounts)  
 
Common Stock
                                               
Balance January 1
    48,314,490     $       47,892,532     $       47,085,274     $  
Issued
    12,000,000       1                          
Issued (Reacquired) pursuant to benefit plans
    283,195             238,982             209,558        
Stock options exercised
    192,054             182,976             597,700        
                                                 
Balance December 31
    60,789,739       1       48,314,490             47,892,532        
                                                 
Premium on Common Stock and Other Capital Surplus
                                               
Balance January 1
            2,809               2,800               2,790  
Premium on common stock issued
            188                              
Premium on common stock issued pursuant to benefit plans
            8               9               10  
                                                 
Balance December 31
            3,005               2,809               2,800  
                                                 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
                                               
Balance January 1
            (318 )             (73 )             (252 )
Measurement date implementation of Statement of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 715, net of tax of $7 million
                                        14  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
            106               (245 )             165  
                                                 
Balance December 31
            (212 )             (318 )             (73 )
                                                 
Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)
                                               
Balance January 1
            (2,502 )             (2,087 )             (2,072 )
Net income (loss) attributable to Tenneco Inc. 
            (73 )             (415 )             (5 )
Measurement date implementation ASC 715, net of tax of $2 million
                                        (8 )
Other
                                        (2 )
                                                 
Balance December 31
            (2,575 )             (2,502 )             (2,087 )
                                                 
Less — Common Stock Held as Treasury Stock, at Cost
                                               
Balance January 1 and December 31
    1,294,692       240       1,294,692       240       1,294,692       240  
                                                 
Total Tenneco Inc. shareholders’ equity
          $ (21 )           $ (251 )           $ 400  
                                                 
Noncontrolling interests:
                                               
Balance January 1
            24               25               24  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
            13               6               7  
Dividends declared
            (5 )             (7 )             (6 )
                                                 
Balance December 31
          $ 32             $ 24             $ 25  
                                                 
Total equity
          $ 11             $ (227 )           $ 425  
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these statements of changes in shareholders’ equity.


74


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2009  
    Tenneco Inc.     Noncontrolling interests     Total  
    Accumulated
          Accumulated
          Accumulated
       
    Other
          Other
          Other
       
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
 
    Income
    Income
    Income
    Income
    Income
    Income
 
    (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)  
    (Millions)  
 
Net Income (Loss)
          $ (73 )           $ 19             $ (54 )
                                                 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
                                               
Cumulative Translation Adjustment
                                               
Balance January 1
  $ (42 )           $             $ (42 )        
Translation of foreign currency statements
    79       79                   79       79  
                                                 
Balance December 31
    37                             37          
                                                 
Additional Liability for Pension Benefits
                                               
Balance January 1
    (276 )                           (276 )        
Additional liability for pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax of $1 million
    27       27                       27       27  
                                                 
Balance December 31
    (249 )                             (249 )        
                                                 
Balance December 31
  $ (212 )           $             $ (212 )        
                                                 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
            106                             106  
                                                 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
          $ 33             $ 19             $ 52  
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these statements of comprehensive income (loss).


75


Table of Contents

TENNECO INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
    Tenneco Inc.     Noncontrolling interests     Total  
    Accumulated
          Accumulated
          Accumulated
       
    Other
          Other
          Other
       
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
 
    Income
    Income
    Income
    Income
    Income
    Income
 
    (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)  
    (Millions)  
 
Net Income (Loss)
          $ (415 )           $ 10             $ (405 )
                                                 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
                                               
Cumulative Translation Adjustment
                                               
Balance January 1
  $ 85             $             $ 85          
Translation of foreign currency statements
    (127 )     (127 )                   (127 )     (127 )
                                                 
Balance December 31
    (42 )                           (42 )        
                                                 
Additional Liability for Pension Benefits
                                               
Balance January 1
    (158 )                           (158 )        
Additional liability for pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax of $9 million
    (118 )     (118 )                     (118 )     (118 )
                                                 
Balance December 31
    (276 )                             (276 )        
                                                 
Balance December 31
  $ (318 )           $             $ (318 )        
                                                 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
            (245 )                           (245 )
                                                 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
          $ (660 )           $ 10             $ (650 )
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these statements of comprehensive income (loss).


76


Table of Contents

TENNECO INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2007  
    Tenneco Inc.     Noncontrolling interests     Total  
    Accumulated
          Accumulated
          Accumulated
       
    Other
          Other
          Other
       
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
 
    Income
    Income
    Income
    Income
    Income
    Income
 
    (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)  
    (Millions)  
 
Net Income (Loss)
          $ (5 )           $ 10             $ 5  
                                                 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
                                               
Cumulative Translation Adjustment
                                               
Balance January 1
  $ (53 )           $             $ (53 )        
Translation of foreign currency statements
    138       138                     138       138  
                                                 
Balance December 31
    85                             85          
                                                 
Additional Liability for Pension Benefits
                                               
Balance January 1
    (199 )                           (199 )        
Additional liability for pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax of $(15) million
    27       27                       27       27  
Measurement date implementation of ASC 715, net of tax of $7 million
    14                             14        
                                                 
Balance December 31
    (158 )                           (158 )        
                                                 
Balance December 31
  $ (73 )           $             $ (73 )        
                                                 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
            165                             165  
                                                 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
          $ 160             $ 10             $ 170  
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these statements of comprehensive income (loss).


77


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  Summary of Accounting Policies
 
Consolidation and Presentation
 
Our consolidated financial statements include all majority-owned subsidiaries. We carry investments in 20 percent to 50 percent owned companies as an equity method investment, at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings since the date of acquisition and cumulative translation adjustments. We have eliminated intercompany transactions. We have evaluated all subsequent events through the date our financial statements were issued.
 
On January 1, 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance on the presentation and disclosure of noncontrolling interests in our consolidated financial statements, which required us to reclassify retrospectively for all periods presented, noncontrolling ownership interests (formerly called minority interests) from the mezzanine section of the balance sheet between liabilities and equity to the equity section of the balance sheet, and to change our presentation of net income (loss) in the consolidated statements of cash flows to include the portion of net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling ownership interests. We have noncontrolling interests in two joint ventures with redemption features that could require us to purchase the noncontrolling interests at fair value in the event of a change in control of Tenneco Inc. Additionally, a noncontrolling interest in a third joint venture requires us to purchase the noncontrolling interest at fair value in the event of default or under certain other circumstances. We do not believe that it is probable that the redemption features in any of these joint venture agreements will be triggered. However, the redemption of these shares is not solely within our control. Accordingly, the related noncontrolling interests are presented as “Redeemable noncontrolling interests” in the mezzanine section of our consolidated balance sheets. We have also expanded our financial statement presentation and disclosure of noncontrolling ownership interests on our consolidated statements of income (loss), consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) and consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity in accordance with these new disclosure requirements.
 
The following is a rollforward of activity in our redeemable noncontrolling interests for the years ending December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Redeemable noncontrolling interests:
                       
Balance January 1
  $ 7     $ 6     $ 4  
Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests
    5       4       3  
Dividends declared
    (5 )     (3 )     (1 )
                         
Balance December 31
  $ 7     $ 7     $ 6  
                         
 
Sales of Accounts Receivable
 
We have an agreement to sell an interest in some of our U.S. trade accounts receivable to a third party. Receivables become eligible for the program on a daily basis, at which time the receivables are sold to the third party without recourse, net of a discount, through a wholly-owned subsidiary. Under this agreement, as well as individual agreements with third parties in Europe, we have accounts receivable of $137 million and $179 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. We recognized a loss of $9 million, $10 million, and $10 million during 2009, 2008, and 2007 respectively, on these sales of trade accounts, representing the discount from book values at which these receivables were sold to the third party. The discount rate varies based on funding cost incurred by the third party, which has averaged approximately five percent during 2009. In the U.S. securitization program, we retain ownership of the remaining interest in the pool of receivables not sold to the third party. The retained interest represents a credit enhancement for the program. We record the retained interest based upon the amount we expect to collect from our customers, which approximates book


78


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
value. In February 2010, the U.S. program was amended and extended to February 18, 2011 at a facility size of $100 million. As part of the renewal, the margin we pay the banks decreased.
 
Inventories
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, inventory by major classification was as follows:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
    (Millions)  
 
Finished goods
  $ 175     $ 211  
Work in process
    116       143  
Raw materials
    95       114  
Materials and supplies
    42       45  
                 
    $ 428     $ 513  
                 
 
Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) or average cost methods.
 
Goodwill and Intangibles, net
 
We evaluate goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if events indicate it is warranted. We compare the estimated fair value of our reporting units with goodwill to the carrying value of the unit’s assets and liabilities to determine if impairment exists within the recorded balance of goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using the income approach which is based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. The income approach is dependent on a number of factors, including estimates of market trends, forecasted revenues and expenses, capital expenditures, weighted average cost of capital and other variables. These estimates are based on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2009, estimated fair value of each of our reporting units significantly exceeded the carrying value of its assets and liabilities. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the fair value also exceeded the carrying value for all of our reporting units with the exception of our North America Original Equipment Ride Control reporting unit whose carrying value exceeded the estimated fair value. We were required to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill of the North America Original Equipment Ride Control reporting unit by allocating the estimated fair value to the assets and liabilities of this reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the acquisition price. As a result of this testing, we determined that the remaining amount of goodwill related to our elastomer business acquired in 1996 was impaired due to the significant decline in light vehicle production in 2008 and anticipated in future periods. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $114 million during the fourth quarter of 2008.


79


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2009  
          Europe,
             
          South
             
    North
    America
    Asia
       
    America     and India     Pacific     Total  
          (Millions)        
 
Balance as January 1
                               
Goodwill
  $ 330     $ 95     $ 8     $ 433  
Accumulated impairment losses
    (306 )     (32 )           (338 )
                                 
      24       63       8       95  
Acquisition of business opening balance sheet adjustments
          (10 )           (10 )
Translation adjustments
          2       2       4  
                                 
Balance at December 31
                               
Goodwill
    330       87       10       427  
Accumulated impairment losses
    (306 )     (32 )           (338 )
                                 
    $ 24     $ 55     $ 10     $ 89  
                                 
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
          Europe,
             
          South
             
    North
    America
    Asia
       
    America     and India     Pacific     Total  
          (Millions)        
 
Balance as January 1
                               
Goodwill
  $ 330     $ 92     $ 10     $ 432  
Accumulated impairment losses
    (192 )     (32 )           (224 )
                                 
      138       60       10       208  
Acquisition of business
          10             10  
Goodwill impairment write-off
    (114 )                 (114 )
Translation adjustments
          (7 )     (2 )     (9 )
                                 
Balance at December 31
                               
Goodwill
    330       95       8       433  
Accumulated impairment losses
    (306 )     (32 )           (338 )
                                 
    $ 24     $ 63     $ 8     $ 95  
                                 
 
We have capitalized certain intangible assets, primarily technology rights, trademarks and patents, based on their estimated fair value at the date we acquired them. We amortize our finite useful life intangible assets on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 30 years. Amortization of intangibles amounted to $2 million in 2009, $3 million in 2008 and $1 million in 2007, and is included in the statements of income


80


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
caption “Depreciation and amortization of intangibles.” The carrying amount and accumulated amortization of our finite useful life intangible assets were as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
 
    Value     Amortization     Value     Amortization  
    (Millions)     (Millions)  
 
Customer contract
  $ 8     $ (2 )   $ 8     $ (2 )
Patents
    4       (3 )     3       (3 )
Technology rights
    22       (5 )     23       (3 )
Other
    2                    
                                 
Total
  $ 36     $ (10 )   $ 34     $ (8 )
                                 
 
Estimated amortization of intangible assets over the next five years is expected to be $2 million in 2010 through 2012 and $4 million in 2013 through 2014. We have capitalized indefinite life intangibles of $4 million relating to purchased trademarks from our Marzocchi acquisition in 2007.
 
Plant, Property, and Equipment, at Cost
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, plant, property, and equipment, at cost, by major category were as follows:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
    (Millions)  
 
Land, buildings, and improvements
  $ 516     $ 490  
Machinery and equipment
    2,431       2,282  
Other, including construction in progress
    152       188  
                 
    $ 3,099     $ 2,960  
                 
 
We depreciate these properties excluding land on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives range from 10 to 50 years for buildings and improvements and from three to 25 years for machinery and equipment.
 
Notes and Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Short and long-term notes receivable outstanding were $3 million at both December 31, 2009 and 2008. The allowance for doubtful accounts on short-term and long-term notes receivable was approximately $3 million at both December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Short and long-term accounts receivable outstanding were $602 million and $561 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts on short-term and long-term accounts receivable was $22 million and $21 million, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Pre-production Design and Development and Tooling Assets
 
We expense pre-production design and development costs as incurred unless we have a contractual guarantee for reimbursement from the original equipment customer. Unbilled pre-production design and development costs recorded in prepayments and other and long-term receivables was $14 million and $12 million on December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. In addition, plant, property and equipment included $49 million and $53 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for original equipment tools and dies that we own, and prepayments and other included $50 million and $22 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for in-process tools and dies that we are building for our original equipment customers.


81


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Internal Use Software Assets
 
We capitalize certain costs related to the purchase and development of software that we use in our business operations. We amortize the costs attributable to these software systems over their estimated useful lives, ranging from three to 15 years, based on various factors such as the effects of obsolescence, technology, and other economic factors. Capitalized software development costs, net of amortization, were $60 million and $74 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008 respectively, and are recorded in other long-term assets. Amortization of software development costs was approximately $22 million, $24 million and $21 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and is included in the statements of income (loss) caption “Depreciation and amortization of intangibles.” Additions to capitalized software development costs, including payroll and payroll-related costs for those employees directly associated with developing and obtaining the internal use software, are classified as investing activities in the statements of cash flows.
 
Income Taxes
 
We evaluate our deferred income taxes quarterly to determine if valuation allowances are required or should be adjusted. U.S. GAAP requires that companies assess whether valuation allowances should be established against their deferred tax assets based on consideration of all available evidence, both positive and negative, using a “more likely than not” standard. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and amount of recent losses, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, and tax planning strategies. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified.
 
Valuation allowances have been established for deferred tax assets based on a “more likely than not” threshold. The ability to realize deferred tax assets depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward periods provided for in the tax law for each tax jurisdiction. We have considered the following possible sources of taxable income when assessing the realization of our deferred tax assets:
 
  •  Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
 
  •  Taxable income or loss, based on recent results, exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; and
 
  •  Tax-planning strategies.
 
In 2009, we recorded income tax expense of $13 million. Computed using the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate of 35 percent, income tax would be a benefit of $14 million. The difference is due primarily to valuation allowances against deferred tax assets generated by 2009 losses in the U.S. and in certain foreign countries which we cannot benefit, partially offset by adjustments to past valuation allowances for deferred tax assets including a reversal of $20 million of U.S. valuation allowance based on the change in the fair value of a tax planning strategy. In evaluating the requirements to record a valuation allowance, accounting standards do not permit us to consider an economic recovery in the U.S. or new business we have won in the commercial vehicle segment. Consequently, beginning in 2008, given our historical losses, we concluded that our ability to fully utilize our NOLs was limited due to projecting the continuation of the negative economic environment and the impact of the negative operating environment on our tax planning strategies. As a result of the tax planning strategy which has not yet been implemented but which we plan to implement and which does not depend upon generating future taxable income, we carry deferred tax assets in the U.S. of $90 million relating to the expected utilization of those NOLs. The federal NOLs expire beginning in 2020 through 2029. The state NOLs expire in various years through 2029.
 
If our operating performance improves on a sustained basis, our conclusion regarding the need for a valuation allowance could change, resulting in the reversal of some or all of the valuation allowance in the future. The charge to establish the U.S. valuation allowance also includes items related to the losses allocable


82


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
to certain state jurisdictions where it was determined that tax attributes related to those jurisdictions were potentially not realizable.
 
We are required to record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets generated by taxable losses in each period in the U.S. as well as in other foreign countries. Our future provision for income taxes will include no tax benefit with respect to losses incurred and no tax expense with respect to income generated in these jurisdictions until the respective valuation allowance is eliminated. This will cause variability in our effective tax rate.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We recognize revenue for sales to our original equipment and aftermarket customers when title and risk of loss passes to the customers under the terms of our arrangements with those customers, which is usually at the time of shipment from our plants or distribution centers. In connection with the sale of exhaust systems to certain original equipment manufacturers, we purchase catalytic converters and diesel particulate filters or components thereof including precious metals (“substrates”) on behalf of our customers which are used in the assembled system. These substrates are included in our inventory and “passed through” to the customer at our cost, plus a small margin, since we take title to the inventory and are responsible for both the delivery and quality of the finished product. Revenues recognized for substrate sales were $966 million, $1,492 million and $1,673 million in 2009 and 2008 and 2007 respectively. For our aftermarket customers, we provide for promotional incentives and returns at the time of sale. Estimates are based upon the terms of the incentives and historical experience with returns. Certain taxes assessed by governmental authorities on revenue producing transactions, such as value added taxes, are excluded from revenue and recorded on a net basis. Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included in revenues and the related costs are included in cost of sales in our Statements of Income (Loss).
 
Warranty Reserves
 
Where we have offered product warranty, we also provide for warranty costs. Those estimates are based upon historical experience and upon specific warranty issues as they arise. While we have not experienced any material differences between these estimates and our actual costs, it is reasonably possible that future warranty issues could arise that could have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Earnings Per Share
 
We compute basic earnings per share by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. The computation of diluted earnings per share is similar to the computation of basic earnings per share, except that we adjust the weighted-average number of shares outstanding to include estimates of additional shares that would be issued if potentially dilutive common shares had been issued. In addition, we adjust income available to common shareholders to include any changes in income or loss that would result from the assumed issuance of the dilutive common shares. Due to the net losses for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, the calculation of diluted earnings per share does not include the dilutive effect from shares of restricted stock and stock options. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc.
 
Engineering, Research and Development
 
We expense engineering, research, and development costs as they are incurred. Engineering, research, and development expenses were $97 million for 2009, $127 million for 2008 and $114 million for 2007, net of reimbursements from our customers. Our customers reimburse us for engineering, research, and development costs on some platforms when we prepare prototypes and incur costs before platform awards. Our engineering,


83


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
research, and development expense for 2009, 2008, and 2007 has been reduced by $104 million, $120 million and $72 million, respectively, for these reimbursements.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
We translate the consolidated financial statements of foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate at each balance sheet date for assets and liabilities and a weighted-average exchange rate for revenues and expenses in each period. We record translation adjustments for those subsidiaries whose local currency is their functional currency as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders’ equity. We recognize transaction gains and losses arising from fluctuations in currency exchange rates on transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency in earnings as incurred, except for those transactions which hedge purchase commitments and for those intercompany balances which are designated as long-term investments. Our results include foreign currency transaction gains of $4 million in 2009, $11 million in foreign currency transaction losses in 2008 and $15 million in foreign currency transaction gains 2007.
 
Risk Management Activities
 
We use foreign exchange forward purchase and sales contracts with terms of less than one year to hedge our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our primary exposure to changes in foreign currency rates results from intercompany loans made between affiliates to minimize the need for borrowings from third parties. Additionally, we enter into foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts to mitigate our exposure to changes in exchange rates on certain intercompany and third-party trade receivables and payables. We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. The fair value of our foreign exchange forward contracts is based on a model which incorporates observable inputs including quoted spot rates, forward exchange rates and discounted future expected cash flows utilizing market interest rates with similar quality and maturity characteristics. We record the change in fair value of these foreign exchange forward contracts as part of currency gains (losses) within cost of sales in the consolidated statements of income (loss). The fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts are recorded in prepayments and other current assets or other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In August 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued new accounting guidance relating to the fair value measurement for liabilities in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. The new accounting guidance requires the use of a valuation technique that uses a quoted price of either an identical liability or similar liability when traded as an asset or another valuation technique based on the amount an entity would either pay to transfer the identical liability or would receive to enter into an identical liability. This new guidance is effective for the first reporting period (including interim periods) beginning after issuance, which is October 1, 2009 for the Company. The adoption of this new accounting guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which changes the criterion relating to the consolidation of variable interest entities (VIE) and amends the guidance governing the determination of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by requiring a qualitative rather than quantitative analysis. The new accounting guidance also requires continuous reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE and enhanced disclosures about an entity’s involvement with a VIE. The new accounting guidance is effective for a reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. We do not believe the adoption of this new accounting guidance on January 1, 2010 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial


84


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
statements. Additional disclosure relating to this new accounting guidance will be added to the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on subsequent events which were further amended in February 2010 to require SEC filers to evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued. The new accounting guidance for subsequent events is effective for interim or annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on our notes or consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2009, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which requires public companies to disclose information relating to fair value of financial instruments for interim and annual reporting periods. Additional disclosure is required for all financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate fair value, including the fair value and carrying value and the significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments. This new accounting guidance is effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009 on a prospective basis with comparative disclosures only for periods after initial adoption. We have incorporated these new disclosure requirements within footnote 6 of our notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on employers’ disclosure about postretirement benefit plan assets which requires disclosure of plan asset investment policies and strategies, the fair value of each major category of plan assets, information about inputs and valuation techniques used to develop fair value measurements of plan assets, and additional disclosure about significant concentrations of risk in plan assets for an employer’s pension and other postretirement plans. These additional disclosure requirements for postretirement benefit plan assets is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The adoption of this new accounting guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We have added disclosure in footnote 10 to consolidated financial statements to meet these new disclosure requirements.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on the disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging activities which requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities including how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how an entity accounts for derivatives and hedges and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. This new accounting guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We adopted these new guidelines on a prospective basis on January 1, 2009 and have incorporated the disclosure requirements within footnote 6 of our notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling (minority) interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. The new accounting guidance clarified that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements, establishes a single method of accounting for changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that does not result in deconsolidation and provides for expanded disclosure in the consolidated financial statements relating to the interests of the parent’s owners and the interests of the noncontrolling owners of the subsidiary. The new accounting guidance applies prospectively (except for the presentation and disclosure requirements) for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The presentation and disclosure requirements will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The adoption of this new accounting guidance has changed the presentation of our consolidated financial statements based on the new disclosure requirements for noncontrolling interests.


85


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on fair value measurements which defines fair value, establishes a fair value hierarchy for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This new guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The FASB issued in February 2008 a delay in the effective date of this new guidance for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. We have adopted the measurement and disclosure provisions of this new guidance relating to our financial assets and financial liabilities which are measured on a recurring basis (at least annually) effective January 1, 2008. For our nonfinancial assets and liabilities, we have adopted the measurement and disclosure provisions of this new guidance on January 1, 2009. We have added additional disclosures in footnote 6 of our notes to consolidated financial statements, relating to the fair value of our financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include, among others allowances for doubtful receivables, promotional and product returns, pension and post-retirement benefit plans, income taxes, and contingencies. These items are covered in more detail elsewhere in Note 1, Note 7, Note 10, and Note 12 of the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2.  Earnings (Loss) Per Share
 
Earnings (loss) per share of common stock outstanding were computed as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions Except Share and Per Share Amounts)  
 
Basic loss per share —
                       
Net loss attributable to Tenneco Inc. 
  $ (73 )   $ (415 )   $ (5 )
                         
Average shares of common stock outstanding
    48,572,463       46,406,095       45,809,730  
                         
Earnings (loss) per average share of common stock
  $ (1.50 )   $ (8.95 )   $ (0.11 )
                         
Diluted loss per share —
                       
Net loss attributable to Tenneco Inc. 
  $ (73 )   $ (415 )   $ (5 )
                         
Average shares of common stock outstanding
    48,572,463       46,406,095       45,809,730  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Restricted stock
                 
Stock options
                 
                         
Average shares of common stock outstanding including dilutive securities
    48,572,463       46,406,095       45,809,730  
                         
Earnings (loss) per average share of common stock
  $ (1.50 )   $ (8.95 )   $ (0.11 )
                         
 
As a result of the net loss in 2009, 2008, and 2007, the calculation of diluted loss per share does not include the dilutive effect of 1,026,955 and 955,072 and 1,509,462 stock options, respectively. The calculation also does not include the dilutive effect of 174,545, 8,915 and 206,960 shares of restricted stock, respectively.


86


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In addition, options to purchase 2,403,502, 2,194,304 and 1,311,427 shares of common stock and 469,507, 426,553 and 262,434 shares of restricted stock were outstanding, respectively, but not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the options were anti-dilutive.
 
3.  Acquisitions
 
On September 1, 2008, we acquired the suspension business of Gruppo Marzocchi, an Italian based worldwide leader in supplying suspension technology in the two wheeler market. The consideration paid for the Marzocchi acquisition included cash of approximately $1 million, plus the assumption of Marzocchi’s net debt (debt less cash acquired) of about $5 million. In February 2009, we recorded an opening balance sheet adjustment of $1 million to cash, as a result of an expected post-closing purchase price settlement with Marzocchi, which resulted in a corresponding decrease to goodwill. We finalized the purchase price allocation during the third quarter of 2009. Adjustments to the opening balance sheet decreased goodwill to zero and included the capitalization of intangible assets, including $4 million for trademarks and $2 million for patents, the capitalization of $2 million of fixed assets, and the release of $1 million in a restructuring accrual. The calculated fair value of these intangible and tangible purchased assets included Level 2 observable inputs and Level 3 unobservable inputs that utilized our own assumptions. The fair value of fixed assets purchased was calculated based on a current cost to replace valuation methodology adjusted for various factors including physical deterioration and functional and economic obsolescence. The fair value of the intangible assets purchased was calculated using a market-based model to calculate the discounted after-tax royalty savings based on the Company’s weighted average cost of capital. This market-based model utilized inputs such as similar market transactions in the marketplace and the Company’s historic and projected revenue growth trends. The acquisition of the Gruppo Marzocchi suspension business includes a manufacturing facility in Bologna, Italy, associated engineering and intellectual property, the Marzocchi brand name, sales, marketing and customer service operations in the United States and Canada, and purchasing and sales operations in Taiwan.
 
On May 30, 2008, we acquired from Delphi Automotive Systems LLC certain ride control assets and inventory at Delphi’s Kettering, Ohio facility for a cash payment of $19 million. We are utilizing a portion of the purchased assets in other locations to grow our OE ride control business globally. We finalized the purchase price allocation during the second quarter of 2009. Adjustments recorded to the opening balance sheet were not significant. The calculated fair value of the purchased assets included Level 2 observable inputs and Level 3 unobservable inputs that utilized our own assumptions. The fair value of the inventory items was calculated at current replacement cost while the fair value of the machinery and equipment purchased was based on values existing in the used-asset market. In conjunction with the purchase agreement, we entered into an agreement to lease a portion of the Kettering facility from Delphi and we have entered into a long-term supply agreement with General Motors Corporation to continue supplying passenger car shocks and struts to General Motors from the Kettering facility. The agreement has been assumed by the new General Motors Company.
 
4.  Restructuring and Other Charges
 
Over the past several years, we have adopted plans to restructure portions of our operations. These plans were approved by our Board of Directors and were designed to reduce operational and administrative overhead costs throughout the business. Our Board of Directors approved a restructuring project in 2001, known as Project Genesis, which was designed to lower our fixed costs, relocate capacity, reduce our work force, improve efficiency and utilization, and better optimize our global footprint. We have subsequently engaged in various other restructuring projects related to Project Genesis. We incurred $25 million in restructuring and related costs during 2007, of which $22 million was recorded in cost of sales and $3 million was recorded in selling, general, administrative and engineering expense. We incurred $40 million in restructuring and related costs during 2008, of which $17 million was recorded in cost of sales and $23 million was recorded in selling,


87


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
general, administrative and engineering expense. In 2009, we incurred $21 million in restructuring and related costs, of which $16 million was recorded in cost of sales, $1 million was recorded in selling, general, administrative and engineering expense and $4 million was recorded in depreciation and amortization expense.
 
Under the terms of our amended and restated senior credit agreement that took effect on February 23, 2009, we are allowed to exclude $40 million of cash charges and expenses, before taxes, related to cost reduction initiatives incurred after February 23, 2009 from the calculation of the financial covenant ratios required under our senior credit facility. As of December 31, 2009, we have excluded $16 million in allowable charges relating to restructuring initiatives against the $40 million available under the terms of the February 2009 amended and restated senior credit facility.
 
On September 22, 2009, we announced that we will be closing our original equipment ride control plant in Cozad, Nebraska as we continue to restructure our operations. We expect the elimination of 500 positions at the Cozad plant and expect to record up to $20 million in restructuring and related expenses, of which approximately $14 million represents cash expenditures, with all expenses recorded by third quarter 2010. We plan to hire at other facilities as we move the production from Cozad to those facilities, resulting in a net decrease of approximately 60 positions.
 
As originally announced in October 2008 and revised in January 2009, we eliminated 1,100 positions and recorded $31 million in charges, of which approximately $25 million represented cash expenditures. We recorded $24 million of these charges in 2008 and $7 million in 2009. We generated approximately $58 million in annual savings beginning in 2009 related to this restructuring program.


88


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
5.  Long-Term Debt, Short-Term Debt, and Financing Arrangements
 
Long-Term Debt
 
A summary of our long-term debt obligations at December 31, 2009 and 2008, is set forth in the following table:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
    (Millions)  
 
Tenneco Inc. —
               
Revolver borrowings due 2012 and 2014, average effective interest rate 5.6% in 2009 and 4.4% in 2008
  $     $ 239  
Senior Term Loans due 2012, average effective interest rate 5.7% in 2009 and 4.8% in 2008
    133       150  
101/4% Senior Secured Notes due 2013, including unamortized premium
    249       250  
85/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014
    500       500  
81/8% Senior Notes due 2015
    250       250  
Debentures due 2012 through 2025, average effective interest rate 8.4% in 2009 and 2008
    1       1  
Customer Notes due 2013, average effective interest rate 8.0% in 2009
    6        
Other subsidiaries —
               
Notes due 2010 through 2017, average effective interest rate 4.0% in 2009 and 4.8% in 2008
    12       17  
                 
      1,151       1,407  
Less — maturities classified as current
    6       5  
                 
Total long-term debt
  $ 1,145     $ 1,402  
                 
 
The aggregate maturities and sinking fund requirements applicable to the long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2009, are $57 million, $68 million, $20 million, $248 million, and $501 million for 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.
 
Short-Term Debt
 
Our short-term debt includes the current portion of long-term obligations and borrowing by foreign subsidiaries. Information regarding our short-term debt as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
    (Millions)  
 
Maturities classified as current
  $ 6     $ 5  
Notes payable
    69       44  
                 
Total short-term debt
  $ 75     $ 49  
                 
 


89


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                 
    2009     2008  
    Notes Payable(a)     Notes Payable(a)  
    (Dollars in Millions)  
 
Outstanding borrowings at end of year
  $ 69     $ 44  
Weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings at end of year(b)
    6.9 %     10.5 %
Approximate maximum month-end outstanding borrowings during year
  $ 71     $ 49  
Approximate average month-end outstanding borrowings during year
  $ 60     $ 43  
Weighted average interest rate on approximate average month-end outstanding borrowings during year(b)
    7.8 %     7.1 %
 
 
(a) Includes borrowings under both committed credit facilities and uncommitted lines of credit and similar arrangements.
 
(b) This calculation does not include the commitment fees to be paid on the unused revolving credit facility balances which are recorded as interest expense for accounting purposes.
 
Financing Arrangements
 
                                         
    Committed Credit Facilities(a) as of December 31, 2009  
                      Letters of
       
    Term     Commitments     Borrowings     Credit(b)     Available  
    (Millions)  
 
Tenneco Inc. revolving credit agreement
    2012     $ 550     $     $ 50     $ 500  
Tenneco Inc. tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan agreement
    2014       130                   130  
Tenneco Inc. Senior Term Loans
    2012       133       133              
Subsidiaries’ credit agreements
    2010-2017       80       77             3  
                                         
            $ 893     $ 210     $ 50     $ 633  
                                         
 
 
(a) We generally are required to pay commitment fees on the unused portion of the total commitment.
 
(b) Letters of credit reduce the available borrowings under the tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan agreement.
 
Overview.  Our financing arrangements are primarily provided by a committed senior secured financing arrangement with a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions. The arrangement is secured by substantially all our domestic assets and pledges of up to 66 percent of the stock of certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries, as well as guarantees by our material domestic subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2009, the senior credit facility consisted of a five-year, $133 million term loan A maturing in March 2012, a five-year, $550 million revolving credit facility maturing in March 2012, and a seven-year $130 million tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility maturing in March 2014. Our outstanding debt also includes $245 million of 101/4 percent senior secured notes due July 15, 2013, $250 million of 81/8 percent senior notes due November 15, 2015 and $500 million of 85/8 percent senior subordinated notes due November 15, 2014. At December 31, 2009 we had unused borrowing capacity of $630 million under our $680 million revolving credit facilities with $50 million in letters of credit outstanding and no borrowings.
 
The term loan A facility is payable in twelve consecutive quarterly installments, commencing June 30, 2009 as follows: $6 million due each of June 30, September 30, December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010,

90


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
$15 million due each of June 30, September 30, December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, and $17 million due each of June 30, September 30, December 31, 2011 and March 16, 2012. Over the next twelve months we plan to repay $51 million of the senior term loan due 2012 by increasing our revolver borrowings which are classified as long-term debt. Accordingly, we have classified the $51 million repayment as long-term debt. The revolving credit facility requires that any amounts drawn be repaid by March 2012. Prior to that date, funds may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed under the revolving credit facility without premium or penalty. Letters of credit may be issued under the revolving credit facility.
 
The tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility requires repayment by March 2014. We can borrow revolving loans and issue letters of credit under the $130 million tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility. The tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility is reflected as debt on our balance sheet only if we borrow money under this facility or if we use the facility to make payments for letters of credit. There is no additional cost to us for issuing letters of credit under the tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility. However, outstanding letters of credit reduce our availability to borrow revolving loans under this portion of the facility. We pay the tranche B-1 lenders interest equal to LIBOR plus a margin, which is offset by the return on the funds deposited with the administrative agent by the lenders which earn interest at an annual rate approximately equal to LIBOR less 25 basis points. Outstanding revolving loans reduce the funds on deposit with the administrative agent which in turn reduce the earnings of those deposits.
 
On February 23, 2009, in light of the then challenging macroeconomic environment and auto production outlook, we amended our senior credit facility to increase the allowable consolidated net leverage ratio (consolidated indebtedness net of cash divided by consolidated EBITDA as defined in the senior credit facility agreement) and reduced the allowable consolidated interest coverage ratio (consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense as defined in the senior credit facility agreement). These changes are detailed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Senior Credit Facility — Other Terms and Conditions.”
 
Beginning February 23, 2009, and following each fiscal quarter thereafter, the margin we pay on borrowings under our term loan A and revolving credit facility incurred interest at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin of 550 basis points, or (ii) a rate consisting of the greater of (a) the JPMorgan Chase prime rate plus a margin of 450 basis points, and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 50 basis points plus a margin of 450 basis points. The margin we pay on these borrowings will be reduced by 50 basis points following each fiscal quarter for which our consolidated net leverage ratio is less than 5.0, and will be further reduced by an additional 50 basis points following each fiscal quarter for which the consolidated net leverage ratio is less than 4.0.
 
Also beginning February 23, 2009, and following each fiscal quarter thereafter, the margin we pay on borrowings under our tranche B-1 facility incurred interest at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin of 550 basis points, or (ii) a rate consisting of the greater of (a) the JPMorgan Chase prime rate plus a margin of 450 basis points, and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 50 basis points plus a margin of 450 basis points. The margin we pay on these borrowings will be reduced by 50 basis points following each fiscal quarter for which our consolidated net leverage ratio is less than 5.0.
 
The February 23, 2009, amendment to our senior credit facility also placed further restrictions on our operations including limitations on: (i) debt incurrence, (ii) incremental loan extensions, (iii) liens, (iv) restricted payments, (v) optional prepayments of junior debt, (vi) investments, (vii) acquisitions, and (viii) mandatory prepayments. The definition of EBIDTA was amended to allow for $40 million of cash restructuring charges taken after the date of the amendment and $4 million annually in aftermarket changeover costs. We agreed to pay each consenting lender a fee. The lender fee plus amendment costs were paid in February 2009 and approximated $8 million.


91


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
On December 23, 2008, we amended our senior secured credit facility leverage covenant effective for the fourth quarter of 2008 which increased the consolidated net leverage ratio (consolidated indebtedness net of cash divided by consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit facility agreement) by increasing the maximum ratio to 4.25 from 4.0. We also agreed to increase the margin we pay on the borrowings from 1.50 percent to 3.00 percent on revolver loans, term loan A and tranche B-1 loans; from 0.50 percent to 2.00 percent on prime based loans; from 1.00 percent to 2.50 percent on Federal Funds based loans and from 0.35 percent to 0.50 percent on the commitment fee associated with the facility. In addition, we agreed to pay each consenting lender a fee. The lender fee plus amendment costs were approximately $3 million and were paid in December 2008.
 
In December 2008, we terminated the fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps we entered into in April 2004. The change in the market value of these swaps was recorded as part of interest expense with an offset to other long-term assets or liabilities.
 
Senior Credit Facility — Interest Rates and Fees.  Borrowings and letters of credit issued under the senior credit facility bear interest at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin as set forth in the table below; or (ii) a rate consisting of the greater of the JPMorgan Chase prime rate or the Federal Funds rate, plus a margin as set forth in the table below:
 
                                                         
    For the Period  
    4/3/2006
    3/16/2007
    12/24/2008
    2/23/2009
    3/2/2009
    5/15/2009
       
    thru
    thru
    thru
    thru
    thru
    thru
    Beginning
 
    3/15/2007     12/23/2008     2/22/2009     3/1/2009     5/14/2009     8/13/2009     8/14/2009  
 
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Revolving Loans
    2.75 %     1.50 %     3.00 %     5.50 %     4.50 %     5.00 %     5.50 %
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Term Loan B Loans
    2.00 %     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Term Loan A Loans
    N/A       1.50 %     3.00 %     5.50 %     4.50 %     5.00 %     5.50 %
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Tranche B-1 Loans
    2.00 %     1.50 %     3.00 %     5.50 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     5.50 %
Applicable Margin for Prime-based Loans
    1.75 %     0.50 %     2.00 %     4.50 %     3.50 %     4.00 %     4.50 %
Applicable Margin for Federal Funds based Loans
    2.125 %     1.00 %     2.50 %     5.00 %     4.00 %     4.50 %     5.00 %
Commitment Fee
    0.375 %     0.35 %     0.50 %     0.75 %     0.50 %     0.50 %     0.75 %
 
Senior Credit Facility — Other Terms and Conditions.  As described above, we are highly leveraged. Our senior credit facility requires that we maintain financial ratios equal to or better than the following consolidated net leverage ratio (consolidated indebtedness net of cash divided by consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit facility agreement), and consolidated interest coverage ratio (consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense, as defined under the senior credit facility agreement) at the end of each period indicated. Failure to maintain these ratios will result in a default under our senior credit facility. The financial ratios required under the amended and restated senior credit facility and, the actual ratios we achieved for four quarters of 2009, are as follows:
 
                                                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2009     2009     2009  
    Req.     Act.     Req.     Act.     Req.     Act.     Req.     Act.  
 
Leverage Ratio (maximum)
    5.50       4.72       7.35       5.77       7.90       5.16       6.60       3.43  
Interest Coverage Ratio (minimum)
    2.25       2.91       1.85       2.21       1.55       2.17       1.60       2.48  


92


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The financial ratios required under the senior credit facility for 2010 and beyond are set forth below.
 
                 
          Interest
 
    Leverage
    Coverage
 
Period Ending
  Ratio     Ratio  
 
March 31, 2010
    5.50       2.00  
June 30, 2010
    5.00       2.25  
September 30, 2010
    4.75       2.30  
December 31, 2010
    4.50       2.35  
March 31, 2011
    4.00       2.55  
June 30, 2011
    3.75       2.55  
September 30, 2011
    3.50       2.55  
December 31, 2011
    3.50       2.55  
Each quarter thereafter
    3.50       2.75  
 
The senior credit facility agreement provides the ability to refinance our senior subordinated notes and/or our senior secured notes (i) in exchange for permitted refinancing indebtedness (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement); (ii) in exchange for shares of common stock; or (iii) in an amount equal to the sum of (A) the net cash proceeds of equity issued after March 16, 2007, plus (B) the portion of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement) that is not required to be applied to the payment of the credit facilities and which is not used for other purposes, provided that the amount of the subordinated notes and the aggregate amount of the senior secured notes and the subordinated notes that may be refinanced is capped based upon the pro forma consolidated leverage ratio after giving effect to such refinancing as shown in the following table:
 
                 
          Senior Subordinated
 
          Notes and Senior
 
    Senior Subordinated
    Secured Notes
 
Proforma Consolidated
  Notes Aggregate
    Aggregate
 
Leverage Ratio
  Maximum Amount     Maximum Amount  
    (Millions)  
 
Greater than or equal to 3.0x
  $ 0     $ 10  
Greater than or equal to 2.5x
  $ 100     $ 300  
Less than 2.5x
  $ 125     $ 375  
 
In addition, the senior secured notes may be refinanced with (i) the net cash proceeds of incremental facilities and permitted refinancing indebtedness (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement), (ii) shares of common stock, (iii) the net cash proceeds of any new senior or subordinated unsecured indebtedness, (iv) proceeds of revolving credit loans (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement), (v) up to €200 million of unsecured indebtedness of the company’s foreign subsidiaries and (vi) cash generated by the company’s operations provided that the amount of the senior secured notes that may be refinanced is capped based upon the pro forma consolidated leverage ratio after giving effect to such refinancing as shown in the following table:
 
         
    Aggregate Senior and
 
Proforma Consolidated
  Subordinate Note
 
Leverage Ratio
  Maximum Amount  
    (Millions)  
 
Greater than or equal to 3.0x
  $ 10  
Greater than or equal to 2.5x
  $ 300  
Less than 2.5x
  $ 375  


93


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The senior credit facility agreement also contains restrictions on our operations that are customary for similar facilities, including limitations on: (i) incurring additional liens; (ii) sale and leaseback transactions (except for the permitted transactions as described in the amended and restated agreement); (iii) liquidations and dissolutions; (iv) incurring additional indebtedness or guarantees; (v) investments and acquisitions; (vi) dividends and share repurchases; (vii) mergers and consolidations; and (viii) refinancing of subordinated and 101/4 percent senior secured notes. Compliance with these requirements and restrictions is a condition for any incremental borrowings under the senior credit facility agreement and failure to meet these requirements enables the lenders to require repayment of any outstanding loans. As of December 31, 2009, we were in compliance with all the financial covenants and operational restrictions of the facility. Our senior credit facility does not contain any terms that could accelerate payment of the facility or affect pricing under the facility as a result of a credit rating agency downgrade.
 
Senior Secured, Senior and Subordinated Notes.  As of December 31, 2009, our outstanding debt includes $245 million of 101/4 percent senior secured notes due July 15, 2013, $250 million of 81/8 percent senior notes due November 15, 2015, and $500 million of 85/8 percent senior subordinated notes due November 15, 2014. We can redeem some or all of the notes at any time after July 15, 2008 in the case of the senior secured notes, November 15, 2009 in the case of the senior subordinated notes and November 15, 2011 in the case of the senior notes. If we sell certain of our assets or experience specified kinds of changes in control, we must offer to repurchase the notes. We are permitted to redeem up to 35 percent of the senior notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings completed before November 15, 2010.
 
Our senior secured, senior and senior subordinated notes require that, as a condition precedent to incurring certain types of indebtedness not otherwise permitted, our consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, as calculated on a pro forma basis, be greater than 2.00. We have not incurred any of the types of indebtedness not otherwise permitted by the indentures. The indentures also contain restrictions on our operations, including limitations on: (i) incurring additional indebtedness or liens; (ii) dividends; (iii) distributions and stock repurchases; (iv) investments; (v) asset sales and (vi) mergers and consolidations. Subject to limited exceptions, all of our existing and future material domestic wholly owned subsidiaries fully and unconditionally guarantee these notes on a joint and several basis. In addition, the senior secured notes and related guarantees are secured by second priority liens, subject to specified exceptions, on all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ assets that secure obligations under our senior credit facility, except that only a portion of the capital stock of our subsidiary guarantors’ domestic subsidiaries is provided as collateral and no assets or capital stock of our direct or indirect foreign subsidiaries secure the notes or guarantees. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the subsidiaries that have guaranteed these notes to make distributions to us. The senior subordinated notes rank junior in right of payment to our senior credit facility and any future senior debt incurred. As of December 31, 2009, we were in compliance with the covenants and restrictions of these indentures.
 
Accounts Receivable Securitization.  In addition to our senior credit facility, senior secured notes, senior notes and senior subordinated notes, we also sell some of our accounts receivable on a nonrecourse basis in North America and Europe. In North America, we have an accounts receivable securitization program with two commercial banks. We sell original equipment and aftermarket receivables on a daily basis under the bank program. We had sold accounts receivable under the bank program of $62 million and $101 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. This program is subject to cancellation prior to its maturity date if we (i) fail to pay interest or principal payments on an amount of indebtedness exceeding $50 million, (ii) default on the financial covenant ratios under the senior credit facility, or (iii) fail to maintain certain financial ratios in connection with the accounts receivable securitization program. In February 2010, the U.S. program was amended and extended to February 18, 2011 at a facility size of $100 million. As part of the renewal, the margin we pay the banks decreased. We also sell some receivables in our European operations to regional banks in Europe. At December 31, 2009, we had sold $75 million of accounts receivable in Europe down from $78 million at December 31, 2008. The arrangements to sell receivables in Europe are provided


94


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
under seven separate arrangements, by various financial institutions in each of the foreign jurisdictions. The commitments for these arrangements are generally for one year but some may be cancelled with 90 day notice prior to renewal. In some instances, the arrangement provides for cancellation by financial institution at any time upon 15 days, or less, notification. If we were not able to sell receivables under either the North American or European securitization programs, our borrowings under our revolving credit agreements may increase. These accounts receivable securitization programs provide us with access to cash at costs that are generally favorable to alternative sources of financing, and allow us to reduce borrowings under our revolving credit agreements.
 
6.  Financial Instruments
 
We adopted new accounting guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures relating to our financial assets and liabilities which were measured on a recurring basis on January 1, 2008, and on January 1, 2009, for those financial assets and liabilities which are measured on non-recurring basis. The adoption of the new fair value accounting guidance did not have a material impact on our fair value measurements. The new guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. A fair value hierarchy has been defined, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into the following levels:
 
  Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
  Level 2 — Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly.
 
  Level 3 — Unobservable inputs based on our own assumptions.
 
The carrying and estimated fair values of our financial instruments by class at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
    Carrying
          Carrying
       
    Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
          (Millions)        
    Asset (Liabilities)  
 
Long-term debt (including current maturities)
  $ 1,151     $ 1,168     $ 1,407     $ 713  
Instruments with off-balance sheet risk:
                               
Foreign exchange forward contracts
          2             2  
 
Asset and Liability Instruments — The fair value of cash and cash equivalents, short and long-term receivables, accounts payable, and short-term debt was considered to be the same as or was not determined to be materially different from the carrying amount.
 
Long-term Debt — The fair value of our public fixed rate senior secured, senior and senior subordinated notes is based on quoted market prices. The fair value of our private borrowings under our senior credit facility and other long-term debt instruments is based on the market value of debt with similar maturities, interest rates and risk characteristics.
 
Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk
 
Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts — Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries, “Summary of Accounting Policies — Risk Management Activities” describes our use of and accounting for foreign currency exchange contracts.


95


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table summaries by major currency the contractual amounts of currency we utilize:
 
                                 
    Notional Amount  
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    Purchase     Sell     Purchase     Sell  
          (Millions)        
 
Foreign currency contracts (in U.S.$):
                               
Australian dollars
  $ 73     $ 35     $ 23     $ 5  
British pounds
    16       16       20       17  
European euro
          26             13  
South Africa rand
    44       8       30       5  
U.S. dollars
    41       98       9       46  
Other
    12       1       7       1  
                                 
    $ 186     $ 184     $ 89     $ 87  
                                 
 
We manage our foreign currency risk by entering into derivative financial instruments with major financial institutions that can be expected to fully perform under the terms of such agreements. Based on exchange rates at December 31, 2009 and 2008, the cost of replacing these contracts in the event of non-performance by the counterparties would not have been material. The fair value of these instruments is recorded in other current assets or liabilities.
 
The fair value of our foreign exchange forward contracts, presented on a gross basis by derivative contract at December 31, 2009 was as follows:
 
                         
    Fair Value of Derivative Instruments  
    Asset
    Liability
       
    Derivatives     Derivatives     Total  
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts
  $ 3     $ 1     $ 2  
 
The fair value of our recurring financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 2009 are as follows:
 
                         
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
          (Millions)        
 
Financial Assets:
                       
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    n/a     $ 2       n/a  
 
Financial Guarantees — We have from time to time issued guarantees for the performance of obligations by some of our subsidiaries, and some of our subsidiaries have guaranteed our debt. All of our existing and future material domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries fully and unconditionally guarantee our senior credit facility, our senior secured notes, our senior notes and our senior subordinated notes on a joint and several basis. The arrangement for the senior credit facility is also secured by first-priority liens on substantially all our domestic assets and pledges of up to 66 percent of the stock of certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries. The $245 million senior secured notes is also secured by second-priority liens on substantially all our domestic assets, excluding some of the stock of our domestic subsidiaries. No assets or capital stock of our direct or indirect foreign subsidiaries secure these notes. For additional information, refer to Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc., where we present the Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements.
 
We have issued guarantees through letters of credit in connection with some obligations of our affiliates. As of December 31, 2009, we have guaranteed $50 million in letters of credit to support some of our subsidiaries’ insurance arrangements, foreign employee benefit programs, environmental remediation activities and cash management and capital requirements.


96


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Interest Rate Swaps — In December 2008, we elected to terminate our fixed-to-floating interest rate swap contracts covering $150 million of our fixed interest rate debt. The change in market value of these swaps was recorded as part of interest expense and other long-term assets or liabilities prior to their termination. We received $6 million in consideration with respect to the termination of the interest rate swaps.
 
Negotiable Financial Instruments — One of our European subsidiaries receives payment from one of its OE customers whereby the accounts receivable are satisfied through the delivery of negotiable financial instruments. We may collect these financial instruments before their maturity date by either selling them at a discount or using them to satisfy accounts receivable that have previously been sold to a European bank. Any of these financial instruments which are not sold are classified as other current assets as they do not meet our definition of cash equivalents. The amount of these financial instruments that was collected before their maturity date and sold at a discount totaled $5 million as of December 31, 2009, compared with $23 million at December 31, 2008. No negotiable financial instruments were held by our European subsidiary as of December 31, 2009 or 2008, respectively.
 
In certain instances several of our Chinese subsidiaries receive payment from OE customers and satisfy vendor payments through the receipt and delivery of negotiable financial instruments. Financial instruments used to satisfy vendor payables and not redeemed totaled $15 million and $6 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and were classified as notes payable. Financial instruments received from OE customers and not redeemed totaled $15 million and $6 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and were classified as other current assets. Some of our Chinese subsidiaries that issue their own negotiable financial instruments to pay vendors are required to maintain a cash balance if they exceed certain credit limits with the financial institution that guarantees those financial instruments. A restricted cash balance was not required at those Chinese subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The negotiable financial instruments received by one of our European subsidiaries and some of our Chinese subsidiaries are checks drawn by our OE customers and guaranteed by their banks that are payable at a future date. The use of these instruments for payment follows local commercial practice. Because negotiable financial instruments are financial obligations of our customers and are guaranteed by our customers’ banks, we believe they represent a lower financial risk than the outstanding accounts receivable that they satisfy which are not guaranteed by a bank.
 
7.  Income Taxes
 
The domestic and foreign components of our income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests are as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
U.S. loss before income taxes
  $ (118 )   $ (257 )   $ (99 )
Foreign income before income taxes
    77       141       187  
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests
  $ (41 )   $ (116 )   $ 88  
                         


97


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Following is a comparative analysis of the components of income tax expense:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Current —
                       
U.S. 
  $ (2 )   $ 42     $  
State and local
    4              
Foreign
    35       12       58  
                         
      37       54       58  
                         
Deferred —
                       
U.S. 
    (18 )     190       38  
State and local
    (3 )     45       5  
Foreign
    (3 )           (18 )
                         
      (24 )     235       25  
                         
Income tax expense
  $ 13     $ 289     $ 83  
                         
 
Following is a reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate (35 percent for all years presented) to the income tax expense reflected in the statements of income (loss):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Income tax expense (benefit) computed at the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate
  $ (14 )   $ (41 )   $ 31  
Increases (reductions) in income tax expense resulting from:
                       
Foreign income taxed at different rates and foreign losses with no tax benefit
    14       (6 )     (3 )
Taxes on repatriation of dividends
    4       15       1  
State and local taxes on income, net of U.S. federal income tax benefit
    2       2       (1 )
Changes in valuation allowance for tax loss carryforwards and credits
    5       233       6  
Amortization of tax goodwill
          (6 )     (2 )
Foreign tax holidays
    (3 )           (5 )
Investment and R&D tax credits
    (5 )     (1 )     (1 )
European ownership structure realignment
                66  
Foreign earnings subject to U.S. federal income tax
    3       3       4  
Adjustment of prior years taxes
          (2 )     (9 )
Impact of foreign tax law changes
    2       10       (7 )
Tax contingencies
    6       40       6  
Goodwill impairment
          40        
Other
    (1 )     2       (3 )
                         
Income tax expense
  $ 13     $ 289     $ 83  
                         


98


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The components of our net deferred tax asset were as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Millions)  
 
Deferred tax assets —
               
Tax loss carryforwards:
               
U.S. 
  $ 218     $ 165  
State
    61       56  
Foreign
    55       44  
Investment tax credit benefits
    44       46  
Postretirement benefits other than pensions
    54       48  
Pensions
    69       81  
Bad debts
    3       2  
Sales allowances
    5       5  
Other
    91       107  
Valuation allowance
    (378 )     (336 )
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    222       218  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities —
               
Tax over book depreciation
    89       92  
Other
    70       81  
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    159       173  
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 63     $ 45  
                 
 
Following is a reconciliation of deferred taxes to the deferred taxes shown in the balance sheet:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Millions)  
 
Balance Sheet:
               
Current portion — deferred tax asset
  $ 35     $ 18  
Non-current portion — deferred tax asset
    100       88  
Current portion — deferred tax liability shown in other current liabilities
    (6 )     (10 )
Non-current portion — deferred tax liability
    (66 )     (51 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 63     $ 45  
                 
 
We had potential tax assets of $378 million and $336 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, that were not recognized on our balance sheet as a result of the valuation allowance recorded. These unrecognized tax assets resulted primarily from U.S. tax loss carryforwards, foreign tax loss carryforwards, foreign investment tax credits and U.S. state net operating losses that are available to reduce future U.S., U.S. state and foreign tax liabilities.
 
We evaluate our deferred income taxes quarterly to determine if valuation allowances are required or should be adjusted. U.S. GAAP requires that companies assess whether valuation allowances should be established against their deferred tax assets based on consideration of all available evidence, both positive and negative, using a “more likely than not” standard. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature,


99


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
frequency and amount of recent losses, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, and tax planning strategies. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified.
 
Valuation allowances have been established for deferred tax assets based on a “more likely than not” threshold. The ability to realize deferred tax assets depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward periods provided for in the tax law for each tax jurisdiction. We have considered the following possible sources of taxable income when assessing the realization of our deferred tax assets:
 
  •  Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
 
  •  Taxable income or loss, based on recent results, exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; and
 
  •  Tax-planning strategies.
 
In 2009, we recorded income tax expense of $13 million. Computed using the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate of 35 percent, income tax would be a benefit of $14 million. The difference is due primarily to valuation allowances against deferred tax assets generated by 2009 losses in the U.S. and in certain foreign countries which we cannot benefit, partially offset by adjustments to past valuation allowances for deferred tax assets including a reversal of $20 million of U.S. valuation allowance based on the change in the fair value of a tax planning strategy. In evaluating the requirements to record a valuation allowance, accounting standards do not permit us to consider an economic recovery in the U.S. or new business we have won in the commercial vehicle segment. Consequently, beginning in 2008, given our historical losses, we concluded that our ability to fully utilize our NOLs was limited due to projecting the continuation of the negative economic environment and the impact of the negative operating environment on our tax planning strategies. As a result of the tax planning strategy which has not yet been implemented but which we plan to implement and which does not depend upon generating future taxable income, we carry deferred tax assets in the U.S. of $90 million relating to the expected utilization of those NOLs. The federal NOLs expire beginning in 2020 through 2029. The state NOLs expire in various years through 2029.
 
If our operating performance improves on a sustained basis, our conclusion regarding the need for a valuation allowance could change, resulting in the reversal of some or all of the valuation allowance in the future. The charge to establish the U.S. valuation allowance also includes items related to the losses allocable to certain state jurisdictions where it was determined that tax attributes related to those jurisdictions were potentially not realizable.
 
We are required to record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets generated by taxable losses in each period in the U.S. as well as in other foreign countries. Our future provision for income taxes will include no tax benefit with respect to losses incurred and no tax expense with respect to income generated in these jurisdictions until the respective valuation allowance is eliminated. This will cause variability in our effective tax rate.
 
We do not provide for U.S. income taxes on unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries, except for the earnings of our Brazilian operations and certain of our China operations, as our present intention is to reinvest the unremitted earnings in our foreign operations. Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries were approximately $604 million at December 31, 2009. We estimated that the amount of U.S. and foreign income taxes that would be accrued or paid upon remittance of the assets that represent those unremitted earnings was $111 million.
 
We have tax sharing agreements with our former affiliates that allocate tax liabilities for prior periods and establish indemnity rights on certain tax issues.


100


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
U.S. GAAP provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is “more likely than not” that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits.
 
A reconciliation of our uncertain tax positions is as follows:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Uncertain tax positions —
                       
Balance January 1
  $ 83     $ 44     $ 42  
Gross increases in tax positions in current period
    17       16       3  
Gross increases in tax positions in prior period
    16       56       6  
Gross decreases in tax positions in prior period
          (12 )     (5 )
Gross decreases — settlements
    (17 )     (8 )     (1 )
Gross decreases — statute of limitations expired
    (3 )     (13 )     (1 )
                         
Balance December 31
  $ 96     $ 83     $ 44  
                         
 
Included in the balance of uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $28 million, $75 million and $41 million, respectively, of tax benefits, that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. Related to the uncertain tax positions noted above, we accrued penalties of $2 million in 2009. No penalties were accrued in 2008 and penalties of $1 million were accrued in 2007. Additionally, no interest was accrued in 2009 and $2 million and $3 million of interest related to uncertain tax positions was accrued in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our liability for penalties was $3 million, $1 million and $2 million at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and our liability for interest was $4 million, $7 million and $5 million at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Our uncertain tax position at December 31, 2009 and 2008 included foreign exposures relating to the disallowance of deductions, global transfer pricing and various other issues. We believe it is reasonably possible that a decrease of up to $2 million in unrecognized tax benefits related to the expiration of foreign statute of limitations and the conclusion of foreign income tax examinations may occur within the coming year.
 
We are subject to taxation in the U.S. and various state and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2009, our tax years open to examination in primary jurisdictions are as follows:
 
         
    Open To Tax
 
    Year  
 
United States — due to NOL
    1998  
Germany
    2006  
Belgium
    2007  
Canada
    2005  
United Kingdom
    2008  
Spain
    2003  
 
8.  Common Stock
 
We have authorized 135 million shares ($0.01 par value) of common stock, of which 60,789,739 shares and 48,314,490 shares were issued at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. We held 1,294,692 shares of treasury stock at both December 31, 2009 and 2008.


101


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Equity Plans — In December 1996, we adopted the 1996 Stock Ownership Plan, which permitted the granting of a variety of awards, including common stock, restricted stock, performance units, stock equivalent units, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and stock options to our directors, officers, employees and consultants. The 1996 plan, which terminated as to new awards on December 31, 2001, was renamed the “Stock Ownership Plan.” In December 1999, we adopted the Supplemental Stock Ownership Plan, which permitted the granting of a variety of similar awards to our directors, officers, employees and consultants. We were authorized to deliver up to about 1.1 million treasury shares of common stock under the Supplemental Stock Ownership Plan, which also terminated as to new awards on December 31, 2001. In March 2002, we adopted the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan which permitted the granting of a variety of similar awards to our officers, directors, employees and consultants. Up to 4 million shares of our common stock were authorized for delivery under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan. In March 2006, we adopted the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan which replaced the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan and permits the granting of a variety of similar awards to directors, officers, employees and consultants. On May 13, 2009, our stockholders approved an amendment to the Tenneco Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan to increase the shares of common stock available thereunder by 2.3 million. Each share underlying an award generally counts as one share against the total plan availability. Each share underlying a full value award (e.g. restricted stock), however, counts as 1.25 shares against the total plan availability. As of December 31, 2009, up to 2,551,620 shares of our common stock remain authorized for delivery under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Our nonqualified stock options have 7 to 20 year terms and vest equally over a three-year service period from the date of the grant.
 
We have granted restricted common stock to our directors and certain key employees. These awards generally require, among other things, that the award holder remain in service to our company during the restriction period, which is currently 3 years, with a portion of the award vesting equally each year. We also have granted stock equivalent units and long-term performance units to certain key employees that are payable in cash. At December 31, 2009, the long-term performance units outstanding included a three year grant for 2007-2009 payable in the first quarter of 2010 and a three-year grant for 2008-2010 payable in the first quarter of 2011. Payment is based on the attainment of specified performance goals. The grant value is indexed to the stock price. In addition, we have granted SARs to certain key employees in our Asian and Indian operations that are payable in cash after a three-year service period. The grant value is indexed to the stock price.
 
In November 2009, we successfully completed the public offering of 12 million shares of common stock at a price of $16.50 per share. We received $198 million in gross proceeds and approximately $188 million in net proceeds, after expenses from the sales of our common stock. We used the proceeds to repay outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility and for general corporate purpose.
 
Accounting Methods — The impact of recognizing compensation expense related to nonqualified stock options is contained in the table below.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Selling, general and administrative
  $ 3     $ 4     $ 4  
                         
Loss before interest expense, income taxes and noncontrolling interests
    (3 )     (4 )     (4 )
Income tax benefit
                (1 )
                         
Net loss
  $ (3 )   $ (4 )   $ (3 )
                         
Decrease in basic earnings per share
  $ (0.06 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.06 )
Decrease in diluted earnings per share
  $ (0.06 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.06 )


102


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
We immediately expense stock options awarded to employees who are eligible to retire. When employees become eligible to retire during the vesting period, we recognize the remaining expense associated with their stock options.
 
As of December 31, 2009, there was approximately $4 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to these stock-based awards that we expect to recognize over a weighted average period of 1.0 year.
 
Compensation expense for restricted stock, long-term performance units and SARs, was $5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively, and was recorded in selling, general, and administrative expense on the statement of income (loss).
 
Cash received from stock option exercises for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $1 million and $2 million, respectively. Stock option exercises in 2009 and 2008 would have generated an excess tax benefit of $1 million in each period, respectively. We did not record the excess tax benefit as we have federal and state net operating losses which are not currently being utilized.
 
Assumptions — We calculated the fair values of stock option awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the weighted average assumptions listed below. The fair value of share-based awards is determined at the time the awards are granted which is generally in January of each year, and requires judgment in estimating employee and market behavior. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and our results of operations could be materially impacted.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Stock Options Granted
                       
Weighted average grant date fair value, per share
  $ 1.34     $ 8.03     $ 9.93  
Weighted average assumptions used:
                       
Expected volatility
    82.6 %     37.7 %     38.4 %
Expected lives
    4.5       4.1       4.1  
Risk-free interest rates
    1.48 %     2.8 %     4.7 %
Dividends yields
    0.00 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
 
Expected lives of options are based upon the historical and expected time to post-vesting forfeiture and exercise. We believe this method is the best estimate of the future exercise patterns currently available.
 
The risk-free interest rates are based upon the Constant Maturity Rates provided by the U.S. Treasury. For our valuations, we used the continuous rate with a term equal to the expected life of the options.


103


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Stock Options — The following table reflects the status and activity for all options to purchase common stock for the period indicated:
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2009  
                Weighted Avg.
       
    Shares
    Weighted Avg.
    Remaining
    Aggregate
 
    Under
    Exercise
    Life in
    Intrinsic
 
    Option     Prices     Years     Value  
    (Millions)  
 
Outstanding Stock Options
                               
Outstanding, January 1, 2009
    3,149,376     $ 15.16       4.1     $ 1  
Granted
    697,600       1.99                  
Cancelled
                           
Forfeited
    (12,994 )     19.41                  
Exercised
                      $  
                                 
Outstanding, March 31, 2009
    3,833,982     $ 12.75       5.0     $  
Granted
    12,159       6.61                  
Cancelled
                           
Forfeited
    (25,841 )     26.31                  
Exercised
    (41,460 )     2.29             $  
                                 
Outstanding, June 30, 2009
    3,778,840     $ 12.75       4.7     $ 5  
Granted
                           
Cancelled
                           
Forfeited
    (8,775 )     14.36                  
Exercised
    (90,144 )     7.59             $ 1  
                                 
Outstanding, September 30, 2009
    3,679,921     $ 12.87       4.6     $ 19  
Granted
    3,123       11.72                  
Cancelled
    (186,804 )     8.56                  
Forfeited
    (5,633 )     23.47                  
Exercised
    (65,150 )     6.31             $ 1  
                                 
Outstanding, December 31, 2009
    3,425,457     $ 13.21       4.6     $ 20  
                                 
Vested or Expected to Vest, December 31, 2009
    3,300,800     $ 13.37       4.6     $ 19  
                                 
Exercisable, December 31, 2009
    2,235,424     $ 13.81       4.5     $ 11  
                                 


104


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Restricted Stock — The following table reflects the status for all nonvested restricted shares for the period indicated:
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31, 2009  
          Weighted Avg.
 
          Grant Date
 
    Shares     Fair Value  
 
Nonvested balance at January 1, 2009
    435,468     $ 24.58  
Granted
    431,975       1.96  
Vested
    (204,965 )     24.17  
Forfeited
           
                 
Nonvested balance at March 31, 2009
    662,478     $ 9.92  
Granted
    5,622       6.61  
Vested
    (19,569 )     12.75  
Forfeited
           
                 
Nonvested balance at June 30, 2009
    648,531     $ 9.81  
Granted
           
Vested
    (2,277 )     14.58  
Forfeited
    (741 )     1.84  
                 
Nonvested balance at September 30, 2009
    645,513     $ 9.84  
Granted
           
Vested
           
Forfeited
    (1,461 )     1.86  
                 
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2009
    644,052     $ 9.85  
 
The fair value of restricted stock grants is equal to the average market price of our stock at the date of grant. As of December 31, 2009, approximately $2 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock awards is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.3 years.
 
Long-Term Performance Units and SARs — Long-term performance units and SARs are paid in cash and recognized as a liability based upon their fair value. As of December 31, 2009, less than $1 million of total unrecognized compensation costs is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.3 years.
 
Rights Plan
 
On September 9, 1998, we adopted a Rights Plan and established an independent Board committee to review it every three years. The Rights Plan was adopted to deter coercive takeover tactics and to prevent a potential acquirer from gaining control of us in a transaction that is not in the best interests of our shareholders. Generally, under the Rights Plan, if a person became the beneficial owner of 15 percent or more of our outstanding common stock, each right entitled its holder to purchase, at the right’s exercise price, a number of shares of our common stock or, under certain circumstances, of the acquiring person’s common stock, having a market value of twice the right’s exercise price. Rights held by the 15 percent or more holders would become void and will not be exercisable. The Rights Plan expired in September 2008.


105


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
9.  Preferred Stock
 
We had 50 million shares of preferred stock ($0.01 par value) authorized at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. No shares of preferred stock were outstanding at those dates.
 
10.  Pension Plans, Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits
 
We have various defined benefit pension plans that cover some of our employees. On January 1, 2007, we changed the measurement date used to determine the measurement of our pension plan assets and benefit obligations from September 30th to December 31st in 2007 for both our domestic and foreign plans.
 
The changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a result of our adoption of the measurement date provision of Financial Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Section 715, Compensation-Retirement Plans consisted of the following components:
 
                         
    2007  
    US     Foreign     Total  
    (Millions)  
 
Net actuarial gain
  $ (18 )   $ (23 )   $ (41 )
Recognized actuarial loss
    (2 )     (6 )     (8 )
Currency translation adjustment
          9       9  
Recognition of prior service cost
    (1 )     (2 )     (3 )
                         
Total recognized in other comprehensive loss before tax effects
  $ (21 )   $ (22 )   $ (43 )
                         
 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for pension benefits consist of the following components:
 
                 
    2007  
    US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Net actuarial loss
  $ 81     $ 101  
Prior service cost
    3       14  
                 
    $ 84     $ 115  
                 
 
As a result of the change in measurement date, on January 1, 2007, the following adjustments were made to retained earnings (accumulated deficit) and other comprehensive income (both net of tax effects) for our defined benefit pension plans:
 
                 
    US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit), net of tax
  $ (3 )   $ (2 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax
    8       6  
 
Pension benefits are based on years of service and, for most salaried employees, on average compensation. Our funding policy is to contribute to the plans amounts necessary to satisfy the funding requirement of applicable federal or foreign laws and regulations. Of our $674 million benefit obligation at December 31, 2009, approximately $597 million required funding under applicable federal and foreign laws. At December 31, 2009, we had approximately $461 million in assets to fund that obligation. The balance of our benefit


106


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
obligation, $77 million, did not require funding under applicable federal or foreign laws and regulations. Pension plan assets were invested in the following classes of securities:
 
                                 
    Percentage of Fair Market Value  
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign  
 
Equity Securities
    71 %     55 %     59 %     51 %
Debt Securities
    29 %     38 %     41 %     37 %
Real Estate
          2 %           3 %
Other
          5 %           9 %
 
The assets of some of our pension plans are invested in trusts that permit commingling of the assets of more than one employee benefit plan for investment and administrative purposes. Each of the plans participating in the trust has interests in the net assets of the underlying investment pools of the trusts. The investments for all our pension plans are recorded at estimated fair value, in compliance with the recent accounting guidance on fair value measurement.


107


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents our plan assets using the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2009. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the methods used to determine the fair value. Level 1 assets refer to those asset values based on quoted market in active markets for identical assets at the measurement date. Level 2 assets refer to assets with values determined using significant other observable inputs, and Level 3 assets include values determined with non-observable inputs.
 
                                                 
    Fair Value Level as of December 31, 2009  
    US     Foreign  
Asset Category
  Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    (Millions)  
 
Equity securities:
                                               
U.S. large cap
  $ 14     $ 89     $     $ 4     $ 24     $  
U.S. mid cap
          3                          
U.S. Small Cap
          16                          
Non-U.S. large cap
          15             35       60        
Non-U.S. mid cap
                            17        
Non-U.S. small cap
                                   
Emerging markets
    5                         6        
Debt securities:
                                               
U.S. treasuries/government bonds
    13       3                          
U.S. corporate bonds
          14                          
U.S. mortgage backed securities
          20                          
U.S. municipal obligations
                                   
U.S. asset backed securities
          3                          
U.S. other fixed income
          4                          
Non-U.S. treasuries / government bonds
                      33       22        
Non-U.S. corporate bonds
                      7       31        
Non-U.S. mortgage backed securities
                                   
Non-U.S. municipal obligations
                            1        
Non-U.S. asset backed securities
                                   
Non-U.S. other fixed income
                                  6  
Real Estate:
                                               
U.S. real estate
                                   
Non-U.S. real estate
                            5        
Other:
                                               
Hedge funds
                                   
Insurance contracts
                            7        
Other alternative
                                   
Cash held in bank accounts
                      4              
                                                 
Total
  $ 32     $ 167     $     $ 83     $ 173     $ 6  
                                                 
 
Level 1 assets were valued using market prices based on daily net asset value (NAV) or prices available through a public stock exchange. Level 2 assets were valued primarily using market prices, sometimes net of estimated realization expenses, and based on broker/dealer markets or in commingled funds where NAV is not available publicly. For insurance contracts, the estimated surrender value of the policy was used to estimate


108


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
fair market value. Level 3 assets were valued using the net present value of the future cash flows based on certain assumptions such as discount rate and estimated redemptions.
 
The table below summarizes the changes in the fair value of the Level 3 assets for the year ended December 31, 2009:
 
                 
    Level 3 Assets  
    US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Balance at December 31 of the previous year
  $     $ 4  
Actual return on plan assets:
               
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date
          2  
Relating to assets sold during the period
           
Purchases, sales and settlements
           
Transfers in and/or out of level 3
           
Currency translation adjustment
           
Ending Balance at December 31
  $     $ 6  
                 
 
The following table contains information about significant concentrations of risk, including all individual assets that make up more than 5% of the total assets and any direct investments in Tenneco stock:
 
                         
                Percentage of
 
Asset Category
  Fair Value Level     Value     Total Assets  
    (Millions)  
 
Tenneco Stock
    1     $ 14       7.3 %
 
Our investment policy for both our domestic and foreign plans is to invest more heavily in equity securities than debt securities. Targeted pension plan allocations are 70 percent in equity securities and 30 percent in debt securities, with acceptable tolerance levels of plus or minus five percent within each category for our domestic plans. Our foreign plans are individually managed to different target levels depending on the investing environment in each country.
 
Our approach to determining expected return on plan asset assumptions evaluates both historical returns as well as estimates of future returns, and adjusts for any expected changes in the long-term outlook for the equity and fixed income markets for both our domestic and foreign plans.


109


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
A summary of the change in benefit obligation, the change in plan assets, the development of net amount recognized, and the amounts recognized in the balance sheets for the pension plans and postretirement benefit plan follows:
 
                                                 
    Pension     Postretirement  
    2009     2008     2009     2008  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign     US     US  
    (Millions)  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                                               
Benefit obligation at December 31 of the previous year
  $ 334     $ 276     $ 313     $ 364     $ 143     $ 152  
Adjustment to benefit obligation
                      17              
Currency rate conversion
          31             (73 )            
Settlement
          (1 )           (2 )            
Curtailment
                                   
Service cost
    1       3       1       5       1       2  
Interest cost
    20       18       20       20       8       9  
Plan amendments
                                  (10 )
Acquisition
                      3              
Actuarial (gain)/loss
    4       17       14       (45 )     (2 )     (2 )
Benefits paid
    (18 )     (13 )     (14 )     (17 )     (9 )     (8 )
Participants’ contributions
          2             4              
                                                 
Benefit obligation at December 31
  $ 341     $ 333     $ 334     $ 276     $ 141     $ 143  
                                                 
Change in plan assets:
                                               
Fair value at December 31 of the previous year
  $ 165     $ 196     $ 249     $ 282     $     $  
Adjustment to plan assets
                      17              
Currency rate conversion
          25             (57 )            
Settlement
          (1 )           (2 )            
Actual return on plan assets
    43       35       (78 )     (50 )            
Employer contributions
    9       18       8       19       9       9  
Participants’ contributions
          2             4              
Benefits paid
    (18 )     (13 )     (14 )     (17 )     (9 )     (9 )
                                                 
Fair value at December 31
  $ 199     $ 262     $ 165     $ 196     $     $  
                                                 
Development of net amount recognized:
                                               
Unfunded status at December 31
  $ (142 )   $ (71 )   $ (169 )   $ (80 )   $ (141 )   $ (143 )
Unrecognized cost:
                                               
Actuarial loss
    171       104       192       95       74       80  
Prior service cost
    2       11       3       11       (41 )     (46 )
                                                 
Net amount recognized at December 31
  $ 31     $ 44     $ 26     $ 26     $ (108 )   $ (109 )
                                                 
Amounts recognized in the balance sheets as of December 31
                                               
Noncurrent assets
  $     $ 2     $     $     $     $  
Current liabilities
    (17 )     (2 )     (7 )     (2 )     (10 )     (9 )
Noncurrent liabilities
    (125 )     (71 )     (162 )     (78 )     (131 )     (134 )
                                                 
Net amount recognized
  $ (142 )   $ (71 )   $ (169 )   $ (80 )   $ (141 )   $ (143 )
                                                 


110


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Assets of one plan may not be utilized to pay benefits of other plans. Additionally, the prepaid (accrued) pension cost has been recorded based upon certain actuarial estimates as described below. Those estimates are subject to revision in future periods given new facts or circumstances.
 
Net periodic pension costs (income) for the years 2009, 2008, and 2007, consist of the following components:
 
                                                 
    2009     2008     2007  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign     US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Service cost — benefits earned during the year
  $ 1     $ 4     $ 1     $ 5     $ 1     $ 5  
Interest on prior year’s projected benefit obligation
    20       18       20       20       19       19  
Expected return on plan assets
    (22 )     (19 )     (23 )     (21 )     (21 )     (20 )
Curtailment loss
    1                                
Settlement loss
    2                   1              
Recognition of:
                                               
Actuarial loss
    2       2       3       4       2       6  
Prior service cost
    1       2       1       1       1       2  
                                                 
Net pension costs
  $ 5     $ 7     $ 2     $ 10     $ 2     $ 12  
                                                 
Other comprehensive loss
  $     $     $     $     $     $  
                                                 
 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for pension benefits consist of the following components:
 
                                 
    2009     2008  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Net actuarial loss
  $ 171     $ 104     $ 192     $ 95  
Prior service cost
    2       11       3       11  
                                 
    $ 173     $ 115     $ 195     $ 106  
                                 
 
In 2010, we expect to recognize the following amounts, which are currently reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income, as components of net periodic benefit cost:
 
                 
    2010  
    US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Net actuarial loss
  $ 3     $ 4  
Prior service cost
          2  
                 
    $ 3     $ 6  
                 


111


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for all pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Projected Benefit Obligation
  $ 341     $ 302     $ 334     $ 271  
Accumulated Benefit Obligation
    339       297       333       266  
Fair Value of Plan Assets
    199       229       165       191  
 
The following estimated benefit payments are payable from the pension plans to participants:
 
                 
Year
  US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
2010
  $ 32     $ 14  
2011
    17       18  
2012
    18       15  
2013
    19       16  
2014
    20       17  
2015-2018
    113       98  
 
The following assumptions were used in the accounting for the pension plans for the years of 2009, 2008, and 2007:
 
                                 
    2009     2008  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
                               
Discount rate
    6.1 %     6.0 %     6.2 %     6.3 %
Rate of compensation increase
    N/A       3.5 %     N/A       3.1 %
 
                                                 
    2009     2008     2007  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign     US     Foreign  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
                                               
Discount rate
    6.2 %     6.3 %     6.2 %     5.6 %     6.0 %     5.0 %
Expected long-term return on plan assets
    8.8 %     7.3 %     8.8 %     7.7 %     8.8 %     7.6 %
Rate of compensation increase
    N/A       3.1 %     N/A       4.4 %     N/A       4.3 %
 
We made contributions of $27 million to our pension plans during 2009. Based on current actuarial estimates, we believe we will be required to make contributions of $54 million to those plans during 2010. Pension contributions beyond 2010 will be required, but those amounts will vary based upon many factors, including the performance of our pension fund investments during 2010.
 
The pension results for the year ended December 31, 2008 include amounts relating to our acquisition of Gruppo Marzocchi on September 1, 2008. In addition, during the year 2008, the Company adjusted the beginning balance of both the foreign pension benefit obligation and related plan assets by $17 million to include a cash balance plan relating to a foreign subsidiary.


112


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Tenneco Pension Plan for Hourly Employees, Tenneco Clevite Division Retirement Plan, Tenneco Angola Hourly Bargaining Pension Plan and Tenneco Local 878 (UAW) Retirement Income Plan pension plans were merged into the Tenneco Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees effective December 31, 2008. The plans were merged to reduce the cost of plan administration. There were no changes to the terms of the plans or to the benefits provided.
 
Effective December 31, 2006, we froze future accruals under our defined benefit plans for substantially all U.S. salaried and non-union hourly employees and replaced these benefits with additional contributions under defined contribution plans. These changes reduced expense in 2007 by approximately $11 million. As of December 31, 2008, we froze future accruals for the formerly unionized employees at Grass Lake, Michigan participating in the Tenneco Pension Plan for Hourly Employees defined benefit plan.
 
We have life insurance plans which provided benefit to a majority of our U.S. employees. We also have postretirement plans for our U.S. employees hired before January 1, 2001. The plans cover salaried employees retiring on or after attaining age 55 who have at least 10 years of service with us after attaining age 45. For hourly employees, the postretirement benefit plans generally cover employees who retire according to one of our hourly employee retirement plans. All of these benefits may be subject to deductibles, co-payment provisions and other limitations, and we have reserved the right to change these benefits. For those employees hired after January 1, 2001, we do not provide any postretirement benefits. Our postretirement healthcare and life insurance plans are not funded. The measurement date used to determine postretirement benefit obligations is December 31st.
 
On September 1, 2003, we changed our retiree medical benefits program to provide participating retirees with continued access to group health coverage while reducing our subsidization of the program. This negative plan amendment is being amortized over the average remaining service life to retirement eligibility of active plan participants as a reduction of service cost beginning September 1, 2003.
 
In July 2004, we entered into a settlement with a group of the retirees which were a part of the September 2003 change mentioned above. This settlement provided the group with increased coverage, and as a result, a portion of the negative plan amendment was reversed and a positive plan amendment put in place. The effect of the settlement increased our 2004 postretirement benefit expense by approximately $1 million and increased our accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $13 million.
 
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years 2009, 2008, and 2007, consists of the following components:
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Service cost — benefits earned during the year
  $ 1     $ 2     $ 2  
Interest on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
    8       8       9  
Recognition of:
                       
Actuarial loss
    5       5       6  
Prior service cost
    (6 )     (5 )     (5 )
                         
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 8     $ 10     $ 12  
                         


113


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In 2010, we expect to recognize the following amounts, which are currently reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income, as components of net periodic benefit cost:
 
         
    2010  
 
Net actuarial loss
  $ 5  
Prior service cost
    (6 )
         
    $ (1 )
         
 
The following estimated postretirement benefit payments are payable from the plan to participants:
 
         
    Postretirement
 
Year
  Benefits  
    (Millions)  
 
2010
  $ 10  
2011
    11  
2012
    11  
2013
    11  
2014
    11  
2015-2018
    54  
 
The following estimated subsidies under the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act are expected to be received :
 
         
    Postretirement
 
Year
  Benefits  
    (Millions)  
 
2010
  $ 1  
2011
    1  
2012
    1  
2013
    1  
2014
    1  
2015-2018
    4  
 
The weighted average assumed health care cost trend rate used in determining the 2009 accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 8.3 percent, declining to 5 percent by 2014. The healthcare cost trend rate was 9 percent for both 2008 and 2007, declining to 5 percent over succeeding periods.
 
The following assumptions were used in the accounting for postretirement cost for the years of 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
                 
    2009     2008  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
               
Discount rate
    6.1 %     6.2 %
Rate of compensation increase
    N/A       4.0 %
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
                       
Discount rate
    6.2 %     6.2 %     6.0 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.0 %     4.0 %     4.0 %


114


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The effect of a one-percentage-point increase or decrease in the 2009 assumed health care cost trend rates on total service cost and interest and the postretirement benefit obligation are as follows:
 
                 
    One-Percentage
    One-Percentage
 
    Point Increase     Point Decrease  
    (Millions)  
 
Effect on total of service cost and interest cost
  $ 1     $ (1 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
    11       (9 )
 
Based on current actuarial estimates, we believe we will be required to make postretirement contributions of approximately $10 million during 2010.
 
We have established Employee Stock Ownership Plans for the benefit of our domestic employees. Under the plans, subject to limitations in the Internal Revenue Code, participants may elect to defer up to 75 percent of their salary through contributions to the plan, which are invested in selected mutual funds or used to buy our common stock. We match in cash 50 percent of each employee’s contribution up to eight percent of the employee’s salary. In 2009, we temporarily discontinued these matching contributions as a result of the recent global economic downturn. We restored the matching contributions to salaried and non-union hourly U.S. employees beginning on January 1, 2010. In connection with freezing the defined benefit pension plans for nearly all U.S. based salaried and non-union hourly employees effective December 31, 2006, and the related replacement of those defined benefit plans with defined contribution plans, we are making additional contributions to the Employee Stock Ownership Plans. We recorded expense for these contributions of $10 million, $18 million, and $17 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively. Matching contributions vest immediately. Defined benefit replacement contributions fully vest on the employee’s third anniversary of employment.
 
11.  Segment and Geographic Area Information
 
We are a global manufacturer with three geographic reportable segments: (1) North America, (2) Europe, South America and India (“Europe”), and (3) Asia Pacific. Each segment manufactures and distributes ride control and emission control products primarily for the automotive industry. We have not aggregated individual operating segments within these reportable segments. We evaluate segment performance based primarily on income before interest expense, income taxes, and noncontrolling interests. Products are transferred between segments and geographic areas on a basis intended to reflect as nearly as possible the “market value” of the products.


115


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Segment results for 2009, 2008, and 2007 are as follows:
 
                                         
    Segment  
    North
          Asia
    Reclass &
       
    America     Europe     Pacific     Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
At December 31, 2009, and for the Year Then Ended
                                       
Revenues from external customers
  $ 2,092     $ 2,047     $ 510     $     $ 4,649  
Intersegment revenues
    7       162       15       (184 )      
Interest income
          3       1             4  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    113       89       19             221  
Income before interest expense, income taxes, and noncontrolling interests
    42       20       30             92  
Total assets
    1,102       1,338       391       10       2,841  
Investment in affiliated companies
          12                   12  
Expenditures for plant, property and equipment
    45       58       15             118  
Noncash items other than depreciation and amortization
    8       (1 )     1             8  
At December 31, 2008, and for the Year Then Ended
                                       
Revenues from external customers
  $ 2,630     $ 2,758     $ 528     $     $ 5,916  
Intersegment revenues
    11       225       15       (251 )      
Interest income
          10       1             11  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    108       97       17             222  
Income before interest expense, income taxes, and noncontrolling interests
    (107 )     85       19             (3 )
Total assets
    1,120       1,352       322       34       2,828  
Investment in affiliated companies
          14                   14  
Expenditures for plant, property and equipment
    108       89       24             221  
Noncash items other than depreciation and amortization
    (122 )     (11 )                 (133 )
At December 31, 2007, and for the Year Then Ended
                                       
Revenues from external customers
  $ 2,901     $ 2,737     $ 546     $     $ 6,184  
Intersegment revenues
    9       398       14       (421 )      
Interest income
          12                   12  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    103       86       16             205  
Income before interest expense, income taxes, and noncontrolling interests
    120       99       33             252  
Total assets
    1,555       1,605       368       62       3,590  
Investment in affiliated companies
          10                   10  
Expenditures for plant, property and equipment
    106       74       18             198  
Noncash items other than depreciation and amortization
    (18 )     (1 )     1             (18 )


116


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table shows information relating to our external customer revenues for each product or each group of similar products:
 
                         
    Net Sales
 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Emission Control Systems & Products
                       
Aftermarket
  $ 315     $ 358     $ 370  
Original Equipment
                       
OE Value-add
    1,638       2,128       2,288  
OE Substrate
    966       1,492       1,673  
                         
      2,604       3,620       3,961  
                         
      2,919       3,978       4,331  
                         
Ride Control Systems & Products
                       
Aftermarket
    721       761       734  
Original Equipment
    1,009       1,177       1,119  
                         
      1,730       1,938       1,853  
                         
Total Revenues
  $ 4,649     $ 5,916     $ 6,184  
                         
 
The following customers accounted for 10 percent or more of our net sales in any of the last three years.
 
                         
Customer
  2009     2008     2007  
 
General Motors
    16 %     20 %     20 %
Ford
    14 %     11 %     13 %
 
                                                         
    Geographic Area  
    United
                      Other
    Reclass &
       
    States     Germany     Canada     China     Foreign(a)     Elims     Consolidated  
                      (Millions)                    
 
At December 31, 2009, and for the Year Then Ended
                                                       
Revenues from external customers(b)
  $ 1,531     $ 559     $ 416     $ 361     $ 1,782     $     $ 4,649  
Long-lived assets(c)
    373       116       75       61       604             1,229  
Total assets
    984       409       125       249       1,153       (79 )     2,841  
At December 31, 2008, and for the Year Then Ended
                                                       
Revenues from external customers(b)
  $ 1,954     $ 898     $ 483     $ 309     $ 2,272     $     $ 5,916  
Long-lived assets(c)
    421       130       74       57       599             1,281  
Total assets
    1,066       429       112       186       1,149       (114 )     2,828  
At December 31, 2007, and for the Year Then Ended
                                                       
Revenues from external customers(b)
  $ 2,121     $ 1,036     $ 590     $ 320     $ 2,117     $     $ 6,184  
Long-lived assets(c)
    410       151       89       46       649             1,345  
Total assets
    1,476       477       150       198       1,423       (134 )     3,590  
 
 
Note:  (a) Revenues from external customers and long-lived assets for individual foreign countries other than Germany, Canada, and China are not material.
 
(b) Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of the shipper.
 
(c) Long-lived assets include all long-term assets except goodwill, intangibles and deferred tax assets.


117


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
12.  Commitments and Contingencies
 
Capital Commitments
 
We estimate that expenditures aggregating approximately $36 million will be required after December 31, 2009 to complete facilities and projects authorized at such date, and we have made substantial commitments in connection with these facilities and projects.
 
Lease Commitments
 
We have long-term leases for certain facilities, equipment and other assets. The minimum lease payments under non-cancelable leases with lease terms in excess of one year are:
 
                                                 
                                  Subsequent
 
    2010     2011     2012     2013     2014     Years  
    (Millions)  
 
Operating Leases
  $ 19     $ 15     $ 11     $ 6     $ 3     $ 13  
Capital Leases
    4                                
 
Total rental expense for the year 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $43 million, $46 million and $40 million, respectively.
 
Risk Related to the Automotive Industry and Concentration of Credit Risk
 
The deterioration in the global economy and global credit markets beginning in 2008 has negatively impacted global business activity in general, and specifically the automotive industry in which we operate. The market turmoil and tightening of credit, as well as the dramatic decline in the housing market in the United States and Western Europe, have led to a lack of consumer confidence evidenced by a rapid decline in light vehicle purchases in 2008 and the first six months of 2009. Light vehicle production during the first six months of 2009 decreased by 50 percent in North America and 35 percent in Europe as compared to the first six months of 2008. OE production has stabilized and overall the production environment strengthened in the third and fourth quarters compared to the first half of the year as production began to track more closely to vehicle sales after inventory corrections in the first half of the year. In North America, light vehicle production in the fourth quarter 2009 was up one percent year-over-year. In Europe, light vehicle production in the fourth quarter 2009 was up 14 percent year-over-year.
 
In response to current economic conditions, some of our customers have eliminated or are expected to eliminate certain light vehicle models or brands. While we do not believe that models eliminated to date will have a significant impact on us, changes in the models produced by our customers or sales of their brands may have an adverse effect on our market share. Additional declines in consumer demand would have a further adverse effect on the financial condition of our OE customers, and on our future results of operations. Continued or further financial difficulties at any of our major customers could have an adverse impact on the level of our future revenues and collection of our receivables from such customers.
 
Other than the impact from production shutdowns during the second quarter, we incurred no other economic loss from the bankruptcy filings of Chrysler or General Motors. We collected substantially all of our pre-petition receivables from Chrysler Group LLC and Chrysler Group LLC has assumed substantially all of the contracts which we had with Chrysler LLC. We collected substantially all of our pre-petition receivables from General Motors Company and General Motors Company has assumed substantially all of the contracts which we had with General Motors Corporation.


118


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Litigation
 
We also from time to time are involved in legal proceedings, claims or investigations that are incidental to the conduct of our business. Some of these proceedings allege damages against us relating to environmental liabilities (including toxic tort, property damage and remediation), intellectual property matters (including patent, trademark and copyright infringement, and licensing disputes), personal injury claims (including injuries due to product failure, design or warning issues, and other product liability related matters), taxes, employment matters, and commercial or contractual disputes, sometimes related to acquisitions or divestitures. For example, one of our Argentine subsidiaries is currently defending against a criminal complaint alleging the failure to comply with laws requiring the proceeds of export transactions to be collected, reported and/or converted to local currency within specified time periods. As another example, we have recently become subject to an audit in 11 states of our practices with respect to the payment of unclaimed property to those states. We have practices in place designed to ensure that we pay unclaimed property as required. We are in the early stages of this audit, which could cover over 20 years. We vigorously defend ourselves against all of these claims. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved on unfavorable terms. However, although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based on current information, including our assessment of the merits of the particular claim, we do not expect that these legal proceedings or claims will have any material adverse impact on our future consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In addition, we are subject to a number of lawsuits initiated by claimants alleging health problems as a result of exposure to asbestos. In the early 2000’s we were named in nearly 20,000 complaints, most of which were filed in Mississippi state court and the vast majority of which made no allegations of exposure to asbestos from our product categories. Most of these claims have been dismissed and our current docket of active and inactive cases is less than 500 cases nationwide. A small number of claims have been asserted by railroad workers alleging exposure to asbestos products in railroad cars manufactured by The Pullman Company, one of our subsidiaries. The balance of the claims is related to alleged exposure to asbestos in our automotive emission control products. Only a small percentage of the claimants allege that they were automobile mechanics and a significant number appear to involve workers in other industries or otherwise do not include sufficient information to determine whether there is any basis for a claim against us. We believe, based on scientific and other evidence, it is unlikely that mechanics were exposed to asbestos by our former muffler products and that, in any event, they would not be at increased risk of asbestos-related disease based on their work with these products. Further, many of these cases involve numerous defendants, with the number of each in some cases exceeding 100 defendants from a variety of industries. Additionally, the plaintiffs either do not specify any, or specify the jurisdictional minimum, dollar amount for damages. As major asbestos manufacturers continue to go out of business or file for bankruptcy, we may experience an increased number of these claims. We vigorously defend ourselves against these claims as part of our ordinary course of business. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved unfavorably to us. To date, with respect to claims that have proceeded sufficiently through the judicial process, we have regularly achieved favorable resolution. Accordingly, we presently believe that these asbestos-related claims will not have a material adverse impact on our future consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Product Warranties
 
We provide warranties on some of our products. The warranty terms vary but range from one year up to limited lifetime warranties on some of our premium aftermarket products. Provisions for estimated expenses related to product warranty are made at the time products are sold or when specific warranty issues are identified on OE products. These estimates are established using historical information about the nature, frequency, and average cost of warranty claims. We actively study trends of our warranty claims and take action to improve product quality and minimize warranty claims. We believe that the warranty reserve is


119


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
appropriate; however, actual claims incurred could differ from the original estimates, requiring adjustments to the reserve. The reserve is included in both current and long-term liabilities on the balance sheet.
 
Below is a table that shows the activity in the warranty accrual accounts:
 
                         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Beginning Balance
  $ 27     $ 25     $ 25  
Accruals related to product warranties
    18       17       12  
Reductions for payments made
    (13 )     (15 )     (12 )
                         
Ending Balance
  $ 32     $ 27     $ 25  
                         
 
Environmental Matters
 
We are subject to a variety of environmental and pollution control laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which we operate. We expense or capitalize, as appropriate, expenditures for ongoing compliance with environmental regulations that relate to current operations. We expense costs related to an existing condition caused by past operations that do not contribute to current or future revenue generation. We record liabilities when environmental assessments indicate that remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Estimates of the liability are based upon currently available facts, existing technology, and presently enacted laws and regulations taking into consideration the likely effects of inflation and other societal and economic factors. We consider all available evidence including prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites, other companies’ cleanup experiences and data released by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or other organizations. These estimated liabilities are subject to revision in future periods based on actual costs or new information. Where future cash flows are fixed or reliably determinable, we have discounted the liabilities. All other environmental liabilities are recorded at their undiscounted amounts. We evaluate recoveries separately from the liability and, when they are assured, recoveries are recorded and reported separately from the associated liability in our condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
As of December 31, 2009, we have the obligation to remediate or contribute towards the remediation of certain sites, including two existing Superfund sites. At December 31, 2009, our estimated share of environmental remediation costs at these sites was approximately $16 million on a discounted basis. The undiscounted value of the estimated remediation costs was $23 million. For those locations in which the liability was discounted, the weighted average discount rate used was 3.6 percent. Based on information known to us, we have established reserves that we believe are adequate for these costs. Although we believe these estimates of remediation costs are reasonable and are based on the latest available information, the costs are estimates and are subject to revision as more information becomes available about the extent of remediation required. At some sites, we expect that other parties will contribute towards the remediation costs. In addition, certain environmental statutes provide that our liability could be joint and several, meaning that we could be required to pay in excess of our share of remediation costs. Our understanding of the financial strength of other potentially responsible parties at these sites has been considered, where appropriate, in our determination of our estimated liability.
 
The $16 million noted above includes $5 million of estimated environmental remediation costs that result from the bankruptcy of Mark IV Industries in 2009. Prior to our 1996 acquisition of The Pullman Company, Pullman had sold certain assets to Mark IV. As partial consideration for the purchase of these assets, Mark IV agreed to assume Pullman’s and its subsidiaries’ historical obligations to contribute to the environmental remediation of certain sites. Mark IV has filed a petition for insolvency under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code and notified Pullman that it no longer intends to continue to contribute toward the


120


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
remediation of those sites. We are conducting a thorough analysis and review of these matters and it is possible that our estimate may change as additional information becomes available to us.
 
We do not believe that any potential costs associated with our current status as a potentially responsible party in the Superfund sites, or as a liable party at the other locations referenced herein, will be material to our condensed consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
13.  Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements
 
Basis of Presentation
 
Subject to limited exceptions, all of our existing and future material domestic 100 percent owned subsidiaries (which are referred to as the Guarantor Subsidiaries) fully and unconditionally guarantee our senior subordinated notes due in 2014, our senior notes due in 2015 and our senior secured notes due 2013 on a joint and several basis. We have not presented separate financial statements and other disclosures concerning each of the Guarantor Subsidiaries because management has determined that such information is not material to the holders of the notes. Therefore, the Guarantor Subsidiaries are combined in the presentation below.
 
These consolidating financial statements are presented on the equity method. Under this method, our investments are recorded at cost and adjusted for our ownership share of a subsidiary’s cumulative results of operations, capital contributions and distributions, and other equity changes. You should read the consolidating financial information of the Guarantor Subsidiaries in connection with our condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes of which this note is an integral part.
 
Distributions
 
There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the Guarantor Subsidiaries to make distributions to us.


121


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2009  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
Revenues
                                       
Net sales and operating revenues —
                                       
External
  $ 1,915     $ 2,734     $     $     $ 4,649  
Affiliated companies
    92       399             (491 )      
                                         
      2,007       3,133             (491 )     4,649  
                                         
Costs and expenses
                                       
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)
    1,836       2,530             (491 )     3,875  
Engineering, research, and development
    36       61                   97  
Selling, general, and administrative
    105       236       3             344  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    91       130                   221  
                                         
      2,068       2,957       3       (491 )     4,537  
                                         
Other income (expense)
                                       
Loss on sale of receivables
          (9 )                 (9 )
Other income (expense)
    (2 )     4             (13 )     (11 )
                                         
      (2 )     (5 )           (13 )     (20 )
                                         
Income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, noncontrolling interests and equity in net income from affiliated companies
    (63 )     171       (3 )     (13 )     92  
                                         
Interest expense —
                                       
External (net of interest capitalized)
    (1 )     4       130             133  
Affiliated companies (net of interest income)
    140       (15 )     (125 )            
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (1 )     33       (19 )           13  
Equity in net income (loss) from affiliated companies
    124             (84 )     (40 )      
                                         
Net income (loss)
    (77 )     149       (73 )     (53 )     (54 )
                                         
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
          19                   19  
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to Tenneco Inc. 
  $ (77 )   $ 130     $ (73 )   $ (53 )   $ (73 )
                                         


122


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2008  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
Revenues
                                       
Net sales and operating revenues —
                                       
External
  $ 2,392     $ 3,524     $     $     $ 5,916  
Affiliated companies
    66       476             (542 )      
                                         
      2,458       4,000             (542 )     5,916  
                                         
Costs and expenses
                                       
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)
    2,058       3,547             (542 )     5,063  
Goodwill impairment charge
    114                         114  
Engineering, research, and development
    52       75                   127  
Selling, general, and administrative
    124       264       4             392  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    86       136                   222  
                                         
      2,434       4,022       4       (542 )     5,918  
                                         
Other income (expense)
                                       
Loss on sale of receivables
          (10 )                 (10 )
Other income (expense)
    63       (1 )     (1 )     (52 )     9  
                                         
      63       (11 )     (1 )     (52 )     (1 )
                                         
Income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, noncontrolling interests, and equity in net income from affiliated companies
    87       (33 )     (5 )     (52 )     (3 )
                                         
Interest expense —
                                       
External (net of interest capitalized)
    (3 )     3       113             113  
Affiliated companies (net of interest income)
    124       (10 )     (114 )            
Income tax expense (benefit)
    20       89       185       (5 )     289  
Equity in net income (loss) from affiliated companies
    (138 )           (226 )     364        
                                         
Net income (loss)
    (192 )     (115 )     (415 )     317       (405 )
                                         
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
          10                   10  
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to Tenneco Inc. 
  $ (192 )   $ (125 )   $ (415 )   $ 317     $ (415 )
                                         


123


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2007  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
Revenues
                                       
Net sales and operating revenues —
                                       
External
  $ 2,827     $ 3,357     $     $     $ 6,184  
Affiliated companies
    95       895             (990 )      
                                         
      2,922       4,252             (990 )     6,184  
                                         
Costs and expenses
                                       
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)
    2,619       3,582       (1 )     (990 )     5,210  
Engineering, research, and development
    55       59                   114  
Selling, general, and administrative
    145       249       4       1       399  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    80       125                   205  
                                         
      2,899       4,015       3       (989 )     5,928  
                                         
Other income (expense)
                                       
Loss on sale of receivables
          (10 )                 (10 )
Other income (expense)
    13       3             (10 )     6  
                                         
      13       (7 )           (10 )     (4 )
                                         
Income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, noncontrolling interests, and equity in net income from affiliated companies
    36       230       (3 )     (11 )     252  
                                         
Interest expense —
                                       
External (net of interest capitalized)
    (2 )     2       164             164  
Affiliated companies (net of interest income)
    185       (16 )     (169 )            
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (42 )     78       57       (10 )     83  
Equity in net income (loss) from affiliated companies
    135             50       (185 )      
                                         
Net income (loss)
    30       166       (5 )     186       5  
                                         
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
          10                   10  
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to Tenneco Inc. 
  $ 30     $ 156     $ (5 )   $ (186 )   $ (5 )
                                         


124


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
BALANCE SHEET
 
                                         
    December 31, 2009  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
ASSETS
                                       
Current assets:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 20     $ 147     $     $     $ 167  
Receivables, net
    289       936       39       (668 )     596  
Inventories
    161       267                   428  
Deferred income taxes
          69             (34 )     35  
Prepayments and other
    43       124                   167  
                                         
Total current assets
    513       1,543       39       (702 )     1,393  
                                         
Other assets:
                                       
Investment in affiliated companies
    591             632       (1,223 )      
Notes and advances receivable from affiliates
    3,872       308       5,818       (9,998 )      
Long-term receivables, net
    3       5                   8  
Goodwill
    22       67                   89  
Intangibles, net
    16       14                   30  
Deferred income taxes
    75       25       15       (15 )     100  
Other
    28       58       25             111  
                                         
      4,607       477       6,490       (11,236 )     338  
                                         
Plant, property, and equipment, at cost
    1,005       2,094                   3,099  
Less — Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (696 )     (1,293 )                 (1,989 )
                                         
      309       801                   1,110  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 5,429     $ 2,821     $ 6,529     $ (11,938 )   $ 2,841  
                                         
                                         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                        
Current liabilities:
                                       
Short-term debt (including current maturities of long-term debt)
                                       
Short-term debt — non-affiliated
  $     $ 74     $ 1     $     $ 75  
Short-term debt — affiliated
    302       229       10       (541 )      
Trade payables
    270       609             (113 )     766  
Accrued taxes
    6       30                   36  
Other
    167       166       39       (48 )     324  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    745       1,108       50       (702 )     1,201  
                                         
Long-term debt — non-affiliated
          8       1,137             1,145  
Long-term debt — affiliated
    4,374       261       5,363       (9,998 )      
Deferred income taxes
    15       66             (15 )     66  
Postretirement benefits and other liabilities
    326       81             4       411  
Commitments and contingencies
                                       
                                         
Total liabilities
    5,460       1,524       6,550       (10,711 )     2,823  
                                         
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
          7                   7  
                                         
Tenneco Inc. Shareholders’ equity
    (31 )     1,258       (21 )     (1,227 )     (21 )
                                         
Noncontrolling interests
          32                   32  
                                         
Total equity
    (31 )     1,290       (21 )     (1,227 )     11  
                                         
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity
  $ 5,429     $ 2,821     $ 6,529     $ (11,938 )   $ 2,841  
                                         


125


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
BALANCE SHEET
 
                                         
    December 31, 2008  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
                (Millions)              
 
ASSETS
                                       
Current assets:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 16     $ 110     $     $     $ 126  
Receivables, net
    461       792       33       (712 )     574  
Inventories
    193       320                   513  
Deferred income taxes
    58                   (40 )     18  
Prepayments and other
    24       83                   107  
                                         
Total current assets
    752       1,305       33       (752 )     1,338  
                                         
Other assets:
                                       
Investment in affiliated companies
    399             614       (1,013 )      
Notes and advances receivable from affiliates
    3,641       234       5,605       (9,480 )      
Long-term receivables, net
    1       10                   11  
Goodwill
    22       73                   95  
Intangibles, net
    17       9                   26  
Deferred income taxes
    64       24       46       (46 )     88  
Other
    36       66       23             125  
                                         
      4,180       416       6,288       (10,539 )     345  
                                         
Plant, property, and equipment, at cost
    1,039       1,921                   2,960  
Less — Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (687 )     (1,128 )                 (1,815 )
                                         
      352       793                   1,145  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 5,284     $ 2,514     $ 6,321     $ (11,291 )   $ 2,828  
                                         
                                         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                        
Current liabilities:
                                       
Short-term debt (including current maturities of long-term debt)
                                       
Short-term debt — non-affiliated
  $     $ 49     $     $     $ 49  
Short-term debt — affiliated
    174       371       10       (555 )      
Trade payables
    332       594             (136 )     790  
Accrued taxes
    12       18                   30  
Other
    132       169       48       (61 )     288  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    650       1,201       58       (752 )     1,157  
                                         
Long-term debt — non-affiliated
          12       1,390             1,402  
Long-term debt — affiliated
    4,229       127       5,124       (9,480 )      
Deferred income taxes
    43       54             (46 )     51  
Postretirement benefits and other liabilities
    345       89             4       438  
Commitments and contingencies
                                       
                                         
Total liabilities
    5,267       1,483       6,572       (10,274 )     3,048  
                                         
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
          7                   7  
                                         
Tenneco Inc. Shareholders’ equity
    17       1,000       (251 )     (1,017 )     (251 )
                                         
Noncontrolling interests
          24                   24  
                                         
Total equity
    17       1,024       (251 )     (1,017 )     (227 )
                                         
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity
  $ 5,284     $ 2,514     $ 6,321     $ (11,291 )   $ 2,828  
                                         


126


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2009  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
Operating Activities
                                       
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
  $ 347     $ 160     $ (266 )   $     $ 241  
                                         
Investing Activities
                                       
Proceeds from sale of assets
          5                   5  
Cash payments for plant, property, and equipment
    (42 )     (78 )                 (120 )
Acquisition of business (net of cash acquired)
          1                   1  
Cash payments for software related intangible assets
    (2 )     (4 )                 (6 )
Investments and other
          1                   1  
                                         
Net cash used by investing activities
    (44 )     (75 )                 (119 )
                                         
Financing Activities
                                       
Issuance of common shares
                188             188  
Issuance of long-term debt
                6             6  
Retirement of long-term debt
          (5 )     (17 )           (22 )
Debt issuance cost on long-term debt
                (8 )           (8 )
Increase (decrease) in bank overdrafts
          (23 )                 (23 )
Net increase (decrease) in revolver borrowings and short-term debt excluding current maturities of long-term debt
          21       (239 )           (218 )
Intercompany dividends and net increase (decrease) in intercompany obligations
    (299 )     (37 )     336              
Distribution to noncontrolling interests partners
          (10 )                 (10 )
                                         
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (299 )     (54 )     266             (87 )
                                         
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
          6                   6  
                                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    4       37                   41  
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1
    16       110                   126  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31 (Note)
  $ 20     $ 147     $     $     $ 167  
                                         
 
 
Note:  Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.


127


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
Operating Activities
                                       
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
  $ 167     $ 130     $ (137 )   $     $ 160  
                                         
Investing Activities
                                       
Proceeds from sale of assets
          3                   3  
Cash payments for plant, property, and equipment
    (90 )     (143 )                 (233 )
Acquisition of business (net of cash acquired)
    (19 )     3                   (16 )
Cash payments for software related intangible assets
    (9 )     (6 )                 (15 )
Investments and other
                             
                                         
Net cash used by investing activities
    (118 )     (143 )                 (261 )
                                         
Financing Activities
                                       
Issuance of common shares
                2             2  
Issuance of long-term debt
          1                   1  
Retirement of long-term debt
          (4 )     (2 )           (6 )
Debit issuance cost on long-term debt
                (2 )           (2 )
Increase (decrease) in bank overdrafts
          (1 )                 (1 )
Net increase (decrease) in revolver borrowings and short-term debt excluding current maturities of long-term debt
          7       70             77  
Intercompany dividends and net increase (decrease) in intercompany obligations
    (39 )     (30 )     69              
Distribution to noncontrolling interests partners
          (13 )                 (13 )
                                         
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (39 )     (40 )     137             58  
                                         
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
          (19 )                 (19 )
                                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    10       (72 )                 (62 )
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1
    6       182                   188  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31 (Note)
  $ 16     $ 110     $     $     $ 126  
                                         
 
 
Note:  Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.


128


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2007  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
Operating Activities
                                       
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
  $ 380     $ 302     $ (524 )   $     $ 158  
                                         
Investing Activities
                                       
Proceeds from sale of assets
    1       9                   10  
Cash payments for plant, property, and equipment
    (59 )     (118 )                 (177 )
Cash payment for net assets purchased
    (16 )                       (16 )
Cash payments for software related intangible assets
    (13 )     (6 )                 (19 )
Investments and other
          (250 )     250              
                                         
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
    (87 )     (365 )     250             (202 )
                                         
Financing Activities
                                       
Issuance of common shares
                8             8  
Issuance of subsidiary equity
    41       (41 )                  
Issuance of long-term debt
                400             400  
Retirement of long-term debt
          (3 )     (588 )           (591 )
Debt issuance cost on long-term debt
                (11 )           (11 )
Increase (decrease) in bank overdrafts
          7                   7  
Net increase (decrease) in revolver borrowings and short-term debt excluding current maturities of long-term debt
          16       167             183  
Intercompany dividends and net increase (decrease) in intercompany obligations
    (384 )     86       298              
Distribution to noncontrolling interests partners
          (6 )                 (6 )
                                         
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (343 )     59       274             (10 )
                                         
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
          40                   40  
                                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (50 )     36                   (14 )
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1
    56       146                   202  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31 (Note)
  $ 6     $ 182     $     $     $ 188  
                                         
 
 
Note:  Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.


129


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
14.  Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
                                 
                Income Before
       
    Net Sales
    Cost of Sales
    Interest Expense,
       
    and
    (Excluding
    Income Taxes
       
    Operating
    Depreciation and
    and Noncontrolling
    Net
 
Quarter
  Revenues     Amortization)     Interests     Income (Loss)  
    (Millions)  
 
2009
                               
1st
  $ 967     $ 827     $ (13 )   $ (49 )
2nd
    1,106       913       17       (33 )
3rd
    1,254       1,043       35       (8 )
4th
    1,322       1,092       53       17  
                                 
    $ 4,649     $ 3,875     $ 92     $ (73 )
                                 
2008
                               
1st
  $ 1,560     $ 1,326     $ 39     $ 6  
2nd
    1,651       1,383       75       13  
3rd
    1,497       1,298       28       (136 )
4th
    1,208       1,056       (145 )     (298 )
                                 
    $ 5,916     $ 5,063     $ (3 )   $ (415 )
                                 
 
                 
    Basic
    Diluted
 
    Earnings (Loss)
    Earnings (Loss)
 
    per Share of
    per Share of
 
Quarter
  Common Stock     Common Stock  
 
2009
               
1st
  $ (1.05 )   $ (1.05 )
2nd
    (0.72 )     (0.72 )
3rd
    (0.17 )     (0.17 )
4th
    0.33       0.32  
Full Year
    (1.50 )     (1.50 )
2008
               
1st
  $ 0.14     $ 0.13  
2nd
    0.26       0.26  
3rd
    (2.92 )     (2.92 )
4th
    (6.40 )     (6.40 )
Full Year
    (8.95 )     (8.95 )
 
 
Note:  The sum of the quarters may not equal the total of the respective year’s earnings per share on either a basic or diluted basis due to changes in the weighted average shares outstanding throughout the year.
 
(The preceding notes are an integral part of the foregoing consolidated financial statements.)


130


Table of Contents

 
SCHEDULE II
 
TENNECO INC. AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
 
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                         
Column A
  Column B     Column C     Column D     Column E  
          Additions              
    Balance
    Charged
    Charged
             
    at
    to
    to
          Balance
 
    Beginning
    Costs and
    Other
          at End
 
Description
  of Year     Expenses     Accounts     Deductions     of Year  
    (Millions)  
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Notes Deducted from Assets to Which it Applies:
                                       
Year Ended December 31, 2009
  $ 24     $ 5     $     $ 4     $ 25  
                                         
Year Ended December 31, 2008
  $ 25     $ 3     $ 2     $ 6     $ 24  
                                         
Year Ended December 31, 2007
  $ 23     $ 3     $ 2     $ 3     $ 25  
                                         


131


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
 
None.
 
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
An evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the year covered by this report. Based on their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by our company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and such information is accumulated and communicated to management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
 
See Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for management’s report on internal control over financial reporting and the report of our independent registered public accounting firm thereon.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2009, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION.
 
None


132


Table of Contents

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
 
The sections entitled “Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 12, 2010 are incorporated herein by reference. In addition, Item 4.1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which appears at the end of Part I, is incorporated herein by reference.
 
A copy of our Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers, which applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller and other key financial managers, is filed as Exhibit 14 to this Form 10-K. We have posted a copy of the Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers on our Internet website at www.tenneco.com. We will make a copy of this code available to any person, without charge, upon written request to Tenneco Inc., 500 North Field Drive, Lake Forest, Illinois 60045, Attn: General Counsel. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K and applicable NYSE rules regarding amendments to or waivers of our Code of Ethical Conduct by posting this information on our Internet website at www.tenneco.com.
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
 
The section entitled “Executive Compensation” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 12, 2010 is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
 
The section entitled “Ownership of Common Stock” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 12, 2010 is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
 
The following table shows, as of December 31, 2009, information regarding outstanding awards available under our compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which our equity securities may be delivered:
 
                         
    (a)
          (c)
 
    Number of
    (b)
    Number of
 
    securities to be
    Weighted-
    securities
 
    issued upon
    average exercise
    available for
 
    exercise of
    price of
    future
 
    outstanding
    outstanding
    issuance
 
    options,
    options,
    (excluding
 
    warrants and
    warrants and
    shares in
 
Plan category   rights(1)     rights     column (a))(1)  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
                       
Stock Ownership Plan(2)
    535,728     $ 5.65        
2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended)(3)
    1,156,746     $ 12.58        
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan(4)
    1,732,983     $ 15.98       2,551,620  
 
 
(1) Reflects the number of shares of the Company’s common stock. Does not include 335,513 shares that may be issued in settlement of common stock equivalent units that were credited to outside directors as payment for their retainer and other fees. In general, these units are settled in cash. At the option of the Company, however, the units may be settled in shares of the Company’s common stock.
 
(2) This plan terminated as to new awards on December 31, 2001 (except awards pursuant to commitments outstanding at that date).
 
(3) This plan terminated as to new awards upon adoption of our 2006 Long-term Incentive Plan (except awards pursuant to commitments outstanding on that date).


133


Table of Contents

 
(4) Does not include 644,052 shares subject to outstanding restricted stock (vest over time) as of December 31, 2009 that were issued at a weighted average exercise price of $9.85. Under this plan, as of December 31, 2009, a maximum of 2,041,296 shares remained available for delivery under full value awards (i.e., bonus stock, stock equivalent units, performance units, restricted stock and restricted stock units).
 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
 
The subsections entitled “The Board of Directors and its Committees — General” and “Transactions with Related Persons” under the section entitled “Corporate Governance” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 12, 2010 are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
 
The sections entitled “Ratify Appointment of Independent Public Accountants — Audit, Audit-Related, Tax and All Other Fees” and “Ratify Appointment of Independent Public Accountants — Pre-Approval Policy” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 12, 2010 are incorporated herein by reference.


134


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN ITEM 8
 
See “Index to Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries” set forth in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a list of financial statements filed as part of this Report.
 
INDEX TO SCHEDULE INCLUDED IN ITEM 8
 
         
    Page
 
    131  
 
SCHEDULES OMITTED AS NOT REQUIRED OR INAPPLICABLE
 
Schedule I — Condensed financial information of registrant
Schedule III — Real estate and accumulated depreciation
Schedule IV — Mortgage loans on real estate
Schedule V — Supplemental information concerning property — casualty insurance operations


135


Table of Contents

EXHIBITS
 
The following exhibits are filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, or incorporated herein by reference (exhibits designated by an asterisk are filed with the report; all other exhibits are incorporated by reference):
 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  2       None.
  3 .1(a)     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant dated December 11, 1996 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(a) of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(b)     Certificate of Amendment, dated December 11, 1996 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(c) of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(c)     Certificate of Ownership and Merger, dated July 8, 1997 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(d) of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(d)     Certificate of Designation of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock dated September 9, 1998 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(d) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(e)     Certificate of Elimination of the Series A Participating Junior Preferred Stock of the registrant dated September 11, 1998 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(e) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(f)     Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant dated November 5, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(f) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(g)     Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant dated November 5, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(g) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(h)     Certificate of Ownership and Merger merging Tenneco Automotive Merger Sub Inc. with and into the registrant, dated November 5, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(h) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(i)     Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant dated May 9, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(i) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(j)     Certificate of Ownership and Merger merging Tenneco Inc. with and into the registrant, dated October 27, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 28, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .2     By-laws of the registrant, as amended March 4, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K event date March 4, 2008, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .3     Certificate of Incorporation of Tenneco Global Holdings Inc. (“Global”), as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .4     By-laws of Global (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .5     Certificate of Incorporation of TMC Texas Inc. (“TMC”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .6     By-laws of TMC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).


136


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  3 .7     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tenneco International Holding Corp. (“TIHC”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .8     Amended and Restated By-laws of TIHC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .9     Certificate of Incorporation of Clevite Industries Inc. (“Clevite”), as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.9 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .10     By-laws of Clevite (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.10 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .11     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Pullman Company (“Pullman”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.11 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .12     By-laws of Pullman (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.12 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .13     Certificate of Incorporation of Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc. (“Operating”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.13 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .14     By-laws of Operating (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.14 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  4 .1(a)     Indenture, dated as of November 1, 1996, between the registrant and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.1 of the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-14003).
  4 .1(b)     First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 11, 1996 to Indenture dated as of November 1, 1996 between the registrant and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.3(b) of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .1(c)     Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 11, 1996 to Indenture dated as of November 1, 1996 between the registrant and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.3(d) of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .1(d)     Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 11, 1996 to Indenture dated as of November 1, 1996 between the registrant and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.3(e) of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .1(e)     Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated October 21, 1999, to Indenture dated November 1, 1996 between The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee, and the registrant (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.2(l) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .2     Specimen stock certificate for Tenneco Inc. common stock (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.3 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .3(a)     Indenture dated October 14, 1999 by and between the registrant and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.4(a) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .3(b)     Supplemental Indenture dated November 4, 1999 among Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., Tenneco International Holding Corp., Tenneco Global Holdings Inc., The Pullman Company, Clevite Industries Inc. and TMC Texas Inc. in favor of The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.4(b) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).

137


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  4 .3(c)     Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of October 14, 1999 from Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., Tenneco International Holding Corp., Tenneco Global Holdings Inc., The Pullman Company, Clevite Industries Inc. and TMC Texas Inc. in favor of The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4(c) to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  4 .4(a)     Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, among Tenneco Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 16, 2007).
  4 .4(b)     Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007 (amending and restating the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of November 4, 1999, as previously amended and amended and restated), among Tenneco Inc., various of its subsidiaries and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 16, 2007).
  4 .4(c)     Waiver, dated July 23, 2007, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as March 16, 2007, by and among the registrant, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.5(c) to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .4(d)     Second Amendment, dated November 26, 2007, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as March 16, 2007, by and among the registrant, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.5(d) to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .4(e)     Third Amendment, dated as of December 23, 2008, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and among the registrant, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 23, 2008).
  4 .4(f)     Fourth Amendment, dated as of February 23, 2009, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and among the registrant, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 23, 2009).
  4 .5(a)     Indenture, dated as of June 19, 2003, among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.6(a) to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .5(b)     Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2003, by the registrant and the subsidiary guarantors named therein in favor of Wachovia Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.6(b) to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .5(c)     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2003, among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors named therein, and the initial purchasers named therein, for whom JPMorgan Securities Inc. acted as representative (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.6(c) to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .5(d)     Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 12, 2003, among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6(d) to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .5(e)     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2003, among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors named therein, and the initial purchasers named therein, for whom Banc of America Securities LLC acted as representative agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5(a) to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-12387).

138


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  4 .5(f)     Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2005, among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.6(f) to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .5(g)     Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 14, 2007, by and among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated November 14, 2007).
  4 .6     Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2003, among JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Credit Agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Trustee and Collateral Agent, and the registrant (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.7 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .7(a)     Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2004, among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 19, 2004, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .7(b)     Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 28, 2005, among the registrant, the guarantors party thereto and the Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-123752).
  4 .7(c)     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2004, among the registrant, the guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-123752).
  4 .7(d)     Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 27, 2005, among the registrant, the guarantors party thereto and the Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.8(d) to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .8(a)     Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2007, by and among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.9(a) to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .8(b)     Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 19, 2007, by and among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.9(b) to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .8(c)     Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance between Tenneco Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N. A. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the registrant’s Quarterly report on form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  9       None.
  10 .1       Distribution Agreement, dated November 1, 1996, by and among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co., the registrant, and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 2 of the registrant’s Form 10, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .2     Amendment No. 1 to Distribution Agreement, dated as of December 11, 1996, by and among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co., the registrant, and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .3     Debt and Cash Allocation Agreement, dated December 11, 1996, by and among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co. , the registrant, and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .4     Benefits Agreement, dated December 11, 1996, by and among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co., the registrant, and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).

139


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  10 .5     Insurance Agreement, dated December 11, 1996, by and among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co., the registrant, and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .6     Tax Sharing Agreement, dated December 11, 1996, by and among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co., Newport News Shipbuilding Inc., the registrant, and El Paso Natural Gas Company (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .7     First Amendment to Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of December 11, 1996, among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co., the registrant, El Paso Natural Gas Company and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.7 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .8     Change of Control Severance Benefits Plan for Key Executives (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.13 of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .9     Stock Ownership Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.10 of the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  +10 .10     Key Executive Pension Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.11 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .11     Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .12     Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .13     Human Resources Agreement by and between the registrant and Tenneco Packaging Inc. dated November 4, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 4, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .14     Tax Sharing Agreement by and between the registrant and Tenneco Packaging Inc. dated November 3, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 4, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .15     Amended and Restated Transition Services Agreement by and between the registrant and Tenneco Packaging Inc. dated as of November 4, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.21 of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .16     Assumption Agreement among Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., Tenneco International Holding Corp., Tenneco Global Holdings Inc., The Pullman Company, Clevite Industries Inc., TMC Texas Inc., Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers listed in the Purchase Agreement dated as of November 4, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.24 of the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  +10 .17     Amendment No. 1 to Change in Control Severance Benefits Plan for Key Executives (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .18     Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into between the registrant and the following directors of the registrant: Paul Stecko, M. Kathryn Eickhoff and Dennis Severance (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.29 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .19     Letter Agreement dated July 27, 2000 between the registrant and Timothy E. Jackson (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.27 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .20     Letter Agreement dated as of June 1, 2001 between the registrant and Hari Nair (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.28 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, File No. 1-12387).

140


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  +10 .21     2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective March 11, 2003) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.26 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .22     Amendment No. 1 to Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.27 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .23     Supplemental Stock Ownership Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.28 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .24     Form of Stock Option Agreement for employees under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (providing for a ten year option term) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 13, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .25     Form of Stock Option Agreement for non-employee directors under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (providing for a ten year option term) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.3 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 13, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .26     Form of Stock Option Agreement for employees under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (providing for a seven year option term) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 17, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .27     Form of Stock Option Agreement for non-employee directors under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (providing for a seven year option term) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.3 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 17, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .28     Amendment No. 1 to the Key Executive Pension Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.39 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .29     Amendment No. 1 to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.40 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .30     Second Amendment to the Key Executive Pension Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.41 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .31     Amendment No. 2 to the Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.42 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .32     Supplemental Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.43 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .33     Supplemental Pension Plan for Management (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.45 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .34     Intentionally omitted.
  +10 .35     Amended and Restated Value Added (“TAVA”) Incentive Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.47 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .36     Tenneco Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 9, 2006).
  +10 .37     Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for non-employee directors under the Tenneco Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 9, 2006).
  +10 .38     Form of Stock Option Agreement for employees under the Tenneco Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 9, 2006).

141


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  +10 .39     Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for employees under the Tenneco Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 9, 2006).
  +10 .40     Form of First Amendment to the Tenneco Inc. Supplemental Pension Plan for Management (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.56 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .41     Form of First Amendment to the Tenneco Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.57 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .42     Letter Agreement dated January 5, 2007 between the registrant and Hari N. Nair (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.60 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .43     Letter Agreement between Tenneco Inc. and Gregg Sherrill (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of January 5, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .44     Letter Agreement between Tenneco Inc. and Gregg Sherrill, dated as of January 15, 2007 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of January 15, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .45     Form of Restricted Stock Agreement between Tenneco Inc. and Gregg M. Sherrill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .46     Form of Long-Term Performance Unit Award Under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (stub period award for 2007) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.64 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .47     Form of Long-Term Performance Unit Award Under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (three-year award for 2007-2009 period) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.65 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  *+10 .48     Tenneco Inc. Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan for Key Executives, as Amended and Restated effective December 12, 2007 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.61 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .49     Form of Long-Term Performance Unit Award Under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (stub period award for 2008) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.67 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .50     Form of Long-Term Performance Unit Award Under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (three-year award for periods commencing with 2008) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.68 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .51     Letter Agreement dated January 5, 2007 between the registrant and Timothy E. Jackson (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.69 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .52     Excess Benefit Plan, including Supplements for Gregg M. Sherrill and Kenneth R. Trammell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .53     Amendment No. 2 to Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan for Key Executives (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .54     Incentive Deferral Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.67 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .55     Code Section 409A Amendment to 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).

142


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  +10 .56     Code Section 409A Amendment to 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .57     Code Section 409A to Excess Benefit Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .58     Code Section 409A Amendment to Supplemental Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.71 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .59     Code Section 409A Amendment to Supplemental Pension Plan for Management (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.72 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .60     Code Section 409A Amendment to Amended and Restated Value Added (“TAVA”) Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.73 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .61     Code Section 409A Amendment to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Gregg M. Sherrill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.74 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .62     Code Section 409A Amendment to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Hari N. Nair (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.75 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .63     Code Section 409A Amendment to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Timothy E. Jackson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.76 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .64     Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2005, among the registrant, as Servicer, Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, as Seller, Jupiter Securitization Corporation and Liberty Street Funding Corp., as Conduits The Bank of Nova Scotia, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the Committed Purchasers from time to time party thereto, and Amendments 1 through 10 thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.77 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .65     Amendment No. 11, dated as of April 29, 2009, to Second Amended and Restated Receivable Purchase Agreement (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the registrant’s Quarterly report on form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .66     Tenneco Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective March 11, 2009) (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of the registrant’s proxy statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .67     Amendment No. 12, dated as of June 25, 2009, to Second Amended and Restated Receivable Purchase Agreement (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the registrant’s Quarterly report on form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .68     Amendment No. 13, dated as of July 31, 2009, to Second Amended and Restated Receivable Purchase Agreement (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the registrant’s Quarterly report on form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .69     Underwriting Agreement, dated November 18, 2009, between Tenneco Inc. and the underwriters named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 19, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  *+10 .70     Amendment, effective January 15, 2010, to Amended and Restated Tenneco Value Added Incentive Compensation Plan.
  *+10 .71     Amendment dated December 18, 2009, to Tenneco Inc. Incentive Deferral Plan.
  *+10 .72     Form of Amendment to Long-Term Performance Unit Award under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (three year award for 2007-2009 period).
  *+10 .73     Form of Amendment to Long-Term Performance Unit Award under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (three year award for 2008-2010 period).

143


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  *10 .74     Amendment No. 14, dated February 19, 2010, to Second Amended and Restated Receivable Purchase Agreement.
  11       None.
  *12       Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  13       None.
  14       Tenneco Inc. Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.3 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-12387).
  16       Letter from Deloitte & Touche LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission dated August 6, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the registrants’ current report on form 8-K dated August 6, 2009, File No. 1-12387).
  18       None.
  *21       List of Subsidiaries of Tenneco Inc.
  22       None.
  *23       Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  *24       Powers of Attorney.
  *31 .1     Certification of Gregg M. Sherrill under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *31 .2     Certification of Kenneth R. Trammell under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *32 .1     Certification of Gregg M. Sherrill and Kenneth R. Trammell under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  33       None.
  34       None.
  35       None.
  99       None.
  100       None.
  101       None.
 
 
* Filed herewith.
 
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

144


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
TENNECO INC.
 
  By 
*
Gregg M. Sherrill
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: February 26, 2010
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on February 26, 2010.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
*

Gregg M. Sherrill
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)
     
/s/  Kenneth R. Trammell

Kenneth R. Trammell
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)
     
*

Paul D. Novas
  Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)
     
*

Charles W. Cramb
  Director
     
*

Dennis J. Letham
  Director
     
*

Frank E. Macher
  Director
     
*

Hari N. Nair
  Director
     
*

Roger B. Porter
  Director
     
*

David B. Price, Jr.
  Director
     
*

Paul T. Stecko
  Director
     
*

Mitsunobi Takeuchi
  Director
     
*

Jane L. Warner
  Director
     
*By: 
/s/   Kenneth R. Trammell

Kenneth R. Trammell
Attorney in fact
   


145